Home

User Manual WaveWriter (AWE) Arbitrary Waveform Editor 070

1. 3 26 Figure 3 14 Three Results of a Sine Wave Transformation 3 27 Figure 3 15 Vertical Resolution Dialog Box 00 00 3 29 Figure 3 16 Set Axis Ranges Dialog Box 00000e eee 3 32 Figure 3 17 Set Markers Dialog Box eee eee ee 3 34 Figure 3 18 Change Offset Dialog Box 0000e eee 3 35 Figure 3 19 Before Autoscaling 0 cee eee eee eee 3 36 Figure 3 20 After Autoscale at Zero Volts eee eee 3 37 Figure 3 21 After Autoscale at Offset of 1 volt 3 37 Figure 3 22 After Autoscale at Middle of Wim 3 38 Figure 3 23 Colors and Styles Dialog Box 2 0205 3 39 Figure 3 24 Timing Parameters 0 cece eee eee 3 50 Figure 3 25 Ramp vs Sine Squared 00c eee eee 3 51 Figure 3 26 Associate Waveform with Instrument Dialog Box 3 52 Figure 3 27 Equation Dialog Box 0 cece eee eee ee 3 53 Figure 3 28 Give the Equation a Name Dialog Box 3 55 Figure 3 29 Library of Equations List Box 0 00 3 55 Figure 3 30 Equation Example cee eee eee eee 3 57 Figure 3 31 Sine Dialog BOX 00 e eects 3 58 Figure 3 32 Triangle Dialog Box 0 cece eee eee ee 3 60 Figure 3 33 Pulse Wave Dialog Box 0 cece eee eee 3 63 Figure 3 34 Pulse Timing Parameters 00 0005 3 6
2. 2 21 Lesson 3 Working with an AWG 2020 Arbitrary Waveform Generator 2 37 Lesson 4 Working with a TDS 500 Series Digitizing Oscilloscope 2 42 Reference Menu Map 2c cece eee eee A OREERT AIAR ERE TARAP EE EENAA 3 1 File Operations possi ee i oa ree eee 3 5 NOW oa AEAEE EAA SERIER ERE ENRE de feta ems viene Wid ea 3 5 WaveWriter AWE User Manual i Table of Contents ii Exit Disable Undo srei aa a a a a Cut Between Markers cccccceee cece eens en aeenaee Copy Between Markers 000cceeeueeneenneaeeuneae Delete Between Markers 00 00ccneeueauucuauuaues Insert at Start Marker 00 000 ccc ee cece eee eee eee Replace Between Markers 2 00eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeee Append to End of Waveform 00 e cece cence eens Flip Horizontal Between Markers 2022eeeeeeeeeee Flip Vertical Between Markers 2 00eeseeeee ences Horizontal Resolution 00c cece eee eee eens Vertical Resolution 0 2 0 ee eee eee eee eee eens Displaying Waveforms 00 cee ee eee eee eee eee eens Redra An A D C0 inne eye ee nr Or Oe Set Axis Ranges 00 cece cece eee eee eens Autoscale Current Waveform 0 000eececeeeeeaes Show Show Crosshairs osais tava ve wanes Dee a Maen het Multiple Waveforms 00 0cee eee eee eee eee Set Colors and Line Styles c cece eens Drawing Waveform S n
3. Waveform Summary Waveform Detail Waveform List Appendix A Error and Warning Messages 0200 Error Messages Warning Messages Appendix B Waveform Formats The ADIF Format The CSV Format CSV K3 Format The ISF Format Appendix C Equation Library Appendix D Sample Equations 10 V Sine Wave 10 V Sine Wave with Offset Exponentially Decaying Sine Wave 0 00eeeeeeee Sinc Waveform 5 DSX 2 Isolated Pulse Template 3 60 3 63 3 66 3 70 3 72 3 74 3 77 3 77 3 78 3 83 3 83 3 87 3 88 3 89 3 89 3 89 3 90 3 92 3 93 3 94 3 95 3 97 A 1 A 1 A 9 B 1 B 1 B 3 B 5 B 5 C 1 D 1 D 1 D 2 D 3 D 4 D 5 iii Table of Contents Appendix E AFG2020 Dialogs and Messages E 1 Appendix F AFG310 320 Dialogs and Messages F 1 Appendix G AWG2000 Series Dialogs and Messages G 1 Appendix H AWG500 600 Series Dialogs and Messages H 1 Appendix I AFG5101 5501 Dialogs and Messages 1 1 Appendix J AFG5102 AWG5102 Dialogs and Messages J 1 Appendix K AWG5105 Dialogs and Messages K 1 Appendix L TDS Series Dialogs and Messages L 1 Appendix M 2200 Series Dialogs and Messages M 1 Appendix N
4. 3 Select OK The dialog box Associate Waveform with Instrument appears Notice the default instrument is the AWG 2020 that was designated earlier 4 Select OK to associate ultrason adf with the AWG 2020 WaveWriter AWE User Manual 2 15 Tutorial A dialog box appears Figure 2 5 warning you that the clock rate of the waveform does not match that of the target instrument Target Instrument Time per Point 2u Incoming Waveform Time per Point 1 28u Change Incoming Clock Rate to 2u Massage Incoming Waveform to Maintain Timing rne A E EA t D Change System Clock Rate for this Waveform to 1 28u Figure 2 5 Different Clock Rate Dialog Box You are offered three choices to resolve the inconsistency The first choice changes the clock rate of the waveform to match the clock rate identified in WaveWriter m The second choice either lengthens or shortens the waveform to main tain the timing relationship one second in the incoming waveform equals one second at the current clock rate The third choice changes the WaveWriter clock rate to the rate of the incoming waveform without changing the clock rate of other waveforms in memory 5 Select the Massage Incoming Waveform to Maintain Timing radio button 6 Select OK to confirm the selection 7 From the Massage Incoming Waveform Parameters dialog box select Nearest Related Point then select OK The waveform ULTRASON ADF becomes the current wavefo
5. Associates the new waveform with the designated target instrument and adjusts the amplitude offset as specified in the Display group Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 81 Processing Waveforms 3 82 Reference Configure Instruments WaveWriter AWE User Manual Transferring Waveforms Use the Transfer menu to set up communication parameters between your computer and the target instrument then use the Acquire and Send menu selections to transfer waveforms You can acquire a waveform from a specif ic instrument and send the waveform to a specific instrument Selections in the Transfer menu are Configure Instruments Assigns output drivers and port protocol to target instruments Acquire Identifies the target instrument for waveform acquisition Send Identifies the target instrument for waveform transfer When you select Configure Instruments the dialog box in Figure 3 45 appears Use this command to configure new instruments on the bus Configure Instrument Port Address Version wafg300 drv GPIBO wawg2020_drv GPIBO wagenertic div NO BUS wtds500a_drv GPIBO wyx4790_drv YXI Driver TDS500A wtds
6. Horizontal Specify the square wave horizontal parameters NOTE Clock Rate is a fundamental parameter used in calculating wave forms Use the Waveforms gt Change Clock Rate menu to set the system clock rate Seconds Specifies that the units for the Start and Stop Point parame ters are in seconds Points Specifies that the units for the Start and Stop Point parameters are in points Start Point Enter or calculate the horizontal starting position of the square wave Do not confuse the Start Point location with the Start Marker location They are not necessarily the same point Stop Point Enter or calculate the horizontal ending position of the square wave Do not confuse the Stop Point location with the Stop Marker location They are not necessarily the same point Frequency Enter or calculate the frequency of the waveform Cycles Enter or calculate the number of cycles The square wave extends from the Start Point to the Stop Point over the defined number of cycles One of the above five parameters will always be calculated automatically when OK is pressed If the check box against a parameter is checked the parameter must be set by the user To set it so that it will be calculated automatically click on the check box so that its check mark disappears When you do this the check marks will appear in the boxes for the other parameters that must be set by the user Calcula
7. Select OK to create the two nonenvelope waveforms The Max Out put Waveform is created by using the upper boundary of the envelope and the Min Output Waveform is created by using the lower boundary The Max Output Waveform becomes the current waveform NOTE The original envelope waveform is not replaced when decoupled Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close 3 75 Creating Waveforms 3 76 Reference Processing Waveforms Waveforms can be added subtracted multiplied or divided by another waveform and added or multiplied by a constant Use the following SigProc Signal Processing menu selections to mathematically modify waveforms Add Scalar Add a constant value to each point of a waveform Multiply by Scalar Multiply each point of a waveform by a constant value Add Waveforms Add a waveform to another waveform Subtract Waveforms Subtract a waveform from another waveform Multiply Waveforms Multiply a waveform by another waveform Divide Waveforms Divide a waveform by another waveform Add Scalar Multiply Each point of the current waveform in the selected Processing Region is by Scalar modified by the scalar value You can e
8. 2 3E 1 S 230 000u S Choice of Units Some parameters may be expressed in different units of measure For example horizontal units may either be seconds or points phase angle may be degrees or radians Vertical units are always Volts Use the option buttons to set units of measure When you choose a different unit of measure the current edit box value converts to the new units Operating Basics Tutorial This section covers the essentials of using WaveWriter including the user interface commands controls and displays The tutorial is divided into four lessons System Fundamentals Creating and Modifying Waveforms Working with an AWG 2020 Arbitrary Waveform Generator m Working with a TDS 500 Series Digitizing Oscilloscope and Envelope Waveforms You may complete each lesson independently of the others However we recommend completing lesson one first then the lesson involving the instru ment you will be using Each lesson uses waveforms and files included with WaveWriter and loaded when you installed the software The last two les sons require the instrument specified to be available for some portion of the lesson In each lesson you are asked to clear waveforms from memory before proceeding If there are waveforms existing in memory from a previous session you will be prompted If you wish to save prior data select Yes Otherwise select No In some lessons the files you create are saved If you
9. 26 Double click on the Carrier entry in the Displayed Waveforms list box The Wfm 7 edit box reflects the entry Carrier 27 Double click on the Sin2 entry in the Displayed Waveforms list box The Wfm 2 edit box reflects the entry Sin2 28 Click on the Wim 3 edit box and enter Modsin2 The product of the two waveforms will be called Modsin2 29 Select OK The Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog box appears 30 Select OK to associate the new waveform with the AWG 2020 Modsin2 is now the current waveform 31 From the SigProc menu select Multiply by Scalar The Multiply Current Waveform by Scalar dialog box appears 32 Enter 7143 in the Multiply by Scalar edit box 33 Select OK 34 From the Display menu select Zoom In Magnify the region between approximately x 0 s y 700 mV and x 4 26 us y 100 mV 35 Move the Start Marker to 0 s 36 Move the Stop Marker to 3 385 us the end of the Modsin2 waveform 37 From the Edit menu select Copy Between Markers This copies the current waveform data from Modsin2 into the edit buffer 38 Remove the three waveforms we just created from memory from the Waveforms menu select Clear Waveform s The Clear Waveform s list box appears 39 Select the Sin2 entry 40 Press and hold the CTRL key 41 Select the Carrier entry 42 Select the Modsin2 entry 43 Release the CTRL key and select OK For each selection you are warned that y
10. 4 From the Display group select the Autoscale at middle of Wim option button 5 Select OK to associate the new waveform with the TDS 500 The waveform is loaded from disk into WaveWriter memory and becomes the current waveform as noted in the title bar The Waveform appears as shown in Figure 2 21 WaveWriterJAWE TDS5xx SQUARE ADF File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms Start OS Clock 40uS 2m5 per div milli Seconds ly 186 4m Figure 2 21 SQUARE ADF Display Operating Basics WaveWriter AWE User Manual Tutorial Step 6 Create an Envelope Waveform To create an enveloped waveform perform the following steps 1 From the Create menu select Envelope Tolerance The Envelope Tolerance dialog box appears 2 Inthe Output Envelope edit box enter ENVELOPE 3 Inthe Vertical Tolerance group select the Percentage Peak to Peak option button 4 Inthe Maximum Tolerance edit box enter 10 5 Inthe Minimum Tolerance edit box enter 15 6 In the Horizontal Tolerance group edit box enter 5 The dialog box appears as shown in Figure 2 22 Envelope Tolerance SQUARE ADF ENVELOPE Displayed Waveforms SQUARE ADF Input Waveform Output Envelope Vertical Tolerance 7 Processing Region Entire Waveform oO Between Markers O Voltage Value Percentage Peak to Peak O Percentage User Defined Digitizing Level Horizontal Toleranc
11. Invalid number The number must be greater than number In response to an edit box you entered an out of range number The error box indicates the acceptable lower limit Check the value and try again E353 Invalid number The number must be less than number In response to an edit box you entered an out of range number The error box indicates the acceptable upper limit Check the value and try again E354 Invalid number The number must be between number num ber In response to an edit box you entered a number outside the acceptable range The error box indicates the acceptable lower and upper limits Check the value and try again E355 Invalid number The number must be non negative In response to an edit box you entered a number outside the acceptable range Enter a number greater than or equal to zero E356 New Amplitude too small for instrument to handle Display ampli tude will be adjusted You entered a value or autoscaled the amplitude to a value below the ac ceptable range of the target instrument E358 Invalid filename In response to a filename edit box you entered an invalid filename WaveWriter does not allow the following characters m AQ T 53 ASCII characters less than 20H WaveWriter does not allow the following reserved words aux con prn nul com1 com2 com3 com4 Iptt Ipt2 Ipts E359 Invalid displayed waveform name In responses to an edit box p
12. Lesson 1 begins by configuring a new instrument to be used in Lesson 3 of this tutorial Even if the designated instrument is not available WaveWriter can be configured for demonstration purposes Perform the following steps to configure the target instrument 1 From the WaveWriter Transfer menu select Configure Instruments Figure 2 2 shows the Configure Instrument dialog box Configure Instrument Driver Address Version waeneric dry wtds680a drv wtds800a drv wyx4790 drv wyx4792 _ div Driver Figure 2 2 Configure Instrument Dialog Box Use the Configure Instrument dialog box to add change or delete instru ments with which waveforms are associated 2 Inthe bottom list box under Name type in AWG2020 3 Inthe bottom list box under Driver scroll and select the driver wawg2020 drv 4 Under Port in the bottom list box scroll and select the Port as applicable to your local PC GPIB configuration This example uses GPIBO Instru ment addresses may be entered directly to the Address group in the Primary and Secondary edit boxes See Pages 2 2 and 3 84 for Port and Address configuration instructions Enter 1 in the Primary Address box for this example 5 Select the Add button to append the new instrument to the list 6 Select OK to accept the changes and close the dialog box 7 From the Waveforms menu select Associate Waveform Operating Basics Tutorial 8 From the Associate Wav
13. Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual Transferring Waveforms Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close Set RS232 Options If COM lt gt is chosen as a Port selection the Set RS232 Options button replaces the Address edit boxes as shown in Figure 3 46 Configure Instrument Driver Port wawg2020 drv wgeneric drv wtds500a drv wyvx4790_drv wi 1ikdso dryv Address Version Driver wilkdso dry w2200dso dryv w2400dso drv f wafg2020 drv wafg300 drv Figure 3 46 Configure Instrument Dialog Box when using a COM Port Selecting the Set RS232 Options button displays the RS232 Communica tions dialog box Figure 3 47 The dialog box configures RS232 commu nications between your PC and the target instrument Incorrect set up will result in a communications failure Check your instrument manual for correct RS232 settings 3 85 Transferring Waveforms 3 86 RS232 Communications Baud Rate O300 O600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19 2k 38 4k 56k Data Bits Stop Bits Cancel Flow Control sa Heip _ None Xon Xoft chia Hardware Even None Mark D Space Figure 3 47 RS232 Communications Dialog B
14. The Rename Waveform selection is used to change the name of the current waveform When Rename Waveform is selected the dialog box in Figure 3 52 is displayed Rename Waveform New Name TESTOO ES fw Figure 3 52 Rename Waveform Dialog Box 3 93 Modifying and Listing Waveforms New Name This edit box initially displays the name of the current wave form Enter the new name here The new name must conform with WaveW riter waveform naming conventions it can be a combination of up to eight characters followed by a three character extension which together make a file name acceptable to DOS The extension is optional since it is appended automatically when the waveform is saved to a disk file See the description of the File gt Save menu selection for recommended extensions Certain reserved words are not permitted aux con prn nul com1 com2 coms com 4 Iptt Ipt2 Ipt3 OK When OK is selected the name of the current waveform is changed to the name entered in the New Name edit box and control returns to the main menu Cancel When Cancel is selected control returns to the main menu without any changes being made to waveform names Help When Help is selected a dialog box appears giving information about the use of the Rename Waveform feature Waveform Summ ary Select Waveform summary to list the waveforms currently loaded into memory When the Waveforms Summary dialog box appears Figure 3 53
15. The number of data lines is limited by the number of points WaveWriter can hold in a waveform The number of data points is determined by counting the data lines in the CSV file When defining scientific notation use a capital E to guarantee recognition by WaveWriter When using either numerical format the mantissa may be of arbitrary precision although the data is converted to a signed 32 bit integer by WaveWriter B 3 Appendix B Waveform Formats To determine the clock rate of a CSV waveform WaveWriter calculates the difference between the first and second X values and ignores the remaining X values in the file If you are creating or editing a CSV file to be read by WaveWriter the X values must be equally spaced in time Even if the first X value is a nonzero the initial data point read by WaveWriter is assumed to begin at zero If you want your waveform to start at t 1 s insert the appropriate number of 0 volt Y values to shift the data Depending on the waveform type WaveWriter will write CSV files in one of two ways Normal or Envelope Normal Waveforms Normal waveforms or waveforms with only one Y value associated with each X value are written and read in the following format 0 3 05E 05 1 00E 06 0 025117 2 00E 06 0 050203 3 00E 06 0 07535 4 00E 06 0 100436 5 00E 06 0 125523 6 00E 06 0 150609 7 00E 06 0 175695 8 00E 06 0 20072 9 00E 06 0 225684 1 00E 05 0 250649 Env
16. Tutorial 2 40 AwG2000 Send Waveform Waveform Portion Destination Waveform Entire Waveform Existing Waveform D Between Markers Output Filter J Load To Channel Operation Marker Bits Marker 1 None Marker 2 None Channel 1 J Output On Channel 2 O teaver Or Cheane 3 Channel O farce fleck Set Marker Figure 2 18 AWG2000 Send Waveform Dialog Box 2 Select OK to accept the default entries The waveform is sent to the specified channel and displayed on the AWG 2020 screen NOTE The dialogs are very similar for all instruments in the AWG 2000 series Do not be confused by this if you configured the wrong type of instrument in the Configure Instrument dialog box WaveW riter will not be able to find the instrument If the AWG2000 Send Waveform dialog successfully displays you can be confident that the correct instrument type has been configured Step 7 Acquire the Waveform Back To reacquire the waveform from the instrument and verify its accuracy 1 From the Transfer menu select Acquire The Acquire Waveform dialog box appears listing all instruments previously configured 2 Double click on the AWG2020 The Acquire AWG 2020 dialog box appears 3 Inthe Source group Waveform Name edit box enter CH1 4 Inthe Destination group select the Create New Waveform option button 5 Enter Lesson3 in the Waveform Name edit box Operating Basics Tutorial The dialog
17. 3 t exp t 10 2 WaveWriter AWE User Manual D 3 Appendix D Sample Equations Sinc Waveform D 4 To create a sinc curve centered around 100 us with a frequency of 100 kHz WaveWriterJAWE AFG5101 sinc File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms Clock 200nS Figure D 4 Sinc Waveform Clock 200 ns Start 0 s Stop 199 8 us Cycles 20 The equation is sin 2 x mx 10 x t 1074 10 19 2 x mx 10 x t 10 4 10710 The 10710 terms are included to eliminate division by zero and provide the correct value at the singularity point t 100 us The frequency is calculated to be 1 1000 pt 20 cycles x 200 ns 100 kHz Since the time variable t begins att 0 s and goes to t 199 8 us the starting time is reduced by 100 us in the equation t 1074 to provide the correct value at the singularity point t 100 us In the Equation edit box enter sin 2 pi 10 5 t 10 4 10 10 2 pi 10 5 t 10 4 10 10 Appendices DSX 2 Isolated Pulse Template WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix D Sample Equations To create a DSX 2 Isolated pulse template for telecommunications WaveWritevAWE DSO2400 DSX 2 File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms Clock 1nS 50nS per div Py T wen R ew SEK RES SEER 0 2 micro Seconds Figure D 5 DSX 2 Isolated Pulse Template The equations defining this and other telecom
18. All primary addresses were checked for the presence of an AFG 320 310 but none was found Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1003 Current clock rate is invalid for AFG 300 Accept upper limit of 10s A clock rate that was outside the slowest limit for the instrument 10s was entered You are offered the choice of changing the rate to the slowest value E1004 Current clock rate is invalid for AFG 300 Accept lower limit of 62 5ns A clock rate that was outside the fastest limit for the instrument 62 5ns was entered You are offered the choice of changing the rate to the fastest value E1006 Waveform for AFG 300 must be from 10 to 16 384 points The number of points sent must be within the above range Change the markers or the waveform so that the length of the waveform data being sent is within the above range Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix F AFG 310 320 Dialogs and Messages E1007 AFG 300 does not support envelope waveforms You attempted to save an envelope waveform to an instrument specific file or send an envelope waveform to the instrument The AFG 310 320 does not support envelopes You may wish to use Envelope Decouple to break the envelope into two separate waveforms E1009 The AFG 300 slowest possible clock rate depends on the number of points sent setting to limit lt clockLimit gt The slowest clock rate for the instrument varies with the
19. CLOCK lt space gt lt Clock gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt Clock gt is the value of the sample clock in ASCII Below is an example of the ISF file that consists of two data and two mark ers SOUR1 VOLT AMPL 1 000E0 O0FFS 0 000E 1 MMEM DATA sample pat 235MAGIC 2000 lt CR gt lt LF gt 14 lt 0xFF gt lt 0x01 gt lt 0xFE gt lt 0x03 gt CLOCK 1 000E 8 lt CR gt lt LF gt The number of bytes for this ISF file in this example is 102 WaveWriter AWE User Manual B 9 Appendix B Waveform Formats B 10 Data Conversion To convert a high byte low byte pair to an integer value use the equation for AWG510 and 520 WfmValue High Byte amp 3 lt lt 8 Low Byte amp 255 for AWG610 WfmValue High Byte amp 3 lt lt 8 Low Byte amp 252 gt gt 2 WfmValue ranges from 0 to 1023 for AWG510 and 520 and from 0 to 255 for AWG610 To convert WfmValue to a signed integer subtract 511 and 127 respectively To extract the marker 1 and 2 values use the equations Marker1 High Byte amp 32 gt gt 5 Marker2 High Byte amp 64 gt gt 6 AWG5105 ISF files for AWG5105 arbitrary waveform generators are formatted as fol lows The text shown in parentheses is commentary and not part of the ISF format SOUR VOLT AMPL n nn Amplitude Value SOUR VOLT OFFS n nn Offset Value ARB PRAT n nnEnn time rate per point ARB DATA ASCII character string length of Byte Count string
20. Entire Waveform STO Number Do EJ Display as TRACE TRACE Number 1 Figure O 3 11000 Send Waveform Dialog Box Between Markers Sends the entire waveform The number of points sent must be less than the maximum of 1638 Entire Waveform Sends only the portion between and including the markers The number of points sent must be less than the maximum of 16383 STO store Number Specifies the waveform storage location You have a choice of up to 450 locations depending on the instrument model If you specify a filled waveform location it will be overwritten Display as TRACE Displays the waveform sent to the STO Number location as a trace waveform Specify a TRACE Number from 1 to 8 If the trace is already defined the new waveform overwrites the old trace OK Selecting OK sends the current waveform to the selected storage location The waveform is displayed if Display as TRACE is checked Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Appendix O 11000 Series Dialogs and Messages O 6 11000 DSA Waveform Detail This dialog box see Figure O 4 displays the values used by the instrument to display the waveform on the screen 11k Display Detail INCH 2 00005 6 5 Pt YSCALE 5 0000 1 fDiv YZERO 1 0000E0 Y Figure O 4 11000 Series Instrument Dependent Detail Dialog Box XINCR Lists the X axis seconds per point YSCALE Lists the Y
21. Figure 2 13 2T Pulse Display 10 Select the Display menu function Zoom Out to return to the original display Step 9 Create the Modulate Sine Squared Pulse The fourth portion of the NTC waveform is the Sine Squared pulse We will build the modulated sine squared pulse by creating two individual wave forms multiply them together then copy the result into the Lesson2 wave form Steps 1 through 5 below can be accomplished in a single step with the Modsin2 equation However to demonstrate the SigProc and Edit functions we will forgo the most direct method Perform the following steps to add the Sine Squared pulse to our waveform 1 From the Create menu select Equation The Equation dialog box appears 2 Select the Library button at the bottom of the dialog box The equation library dialog box appears 3 Scroll and select the sin2 entry by double clicking on it The Equation dialog box is redisplayed with the selected Sin2 equation entered in the Equation edit box 4 Inthe Horizontal group enter 0 in the Start Point edit box 2 29 Tutorial 2 30 Enter 3 385u in the Stop Point edit box 5 6 Inthe Action group select the New Waveform option button 7 Enter Sin2 in the Waveform Name edit box 8 Select OK The Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog box appears 9 Select OK to associate the new waveform with the AWG 2020 The Sine Squared waveform is then created starting at time
22. INTernal 1 4 and VXI mainframe bus signals Coupling This combo box selects the trigger input coupling from either AC or DC in combination with optional noise HF and LF rejection filters Level This edit box specifies the trigger level voltage You should be aware that this driver does not check if the input value is presently valid for the instrument Slope This combo box selects the trigger slope from either POSitive going edge or NEGative going edge OK When this button is selected the control parameters in this dialog box are sent to the instrument You will return to the TVS600 Acquire dialog box Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Appendices Appendix Q TVS 600 Series Dialogs and Messages Points This box is grayed unless Allocate Reference Memory is checked It is used to select a size in points for allocating to a reference memory Only those sizes that are available in the instrument are displayed in the box Start At Aligns the waveform to a desired horizontal point in memory Data in the reference memory before Start At is unaltered except when Don t Care and Send Between Markers are selected for envelopes Don t Care Fill In Sets an envelope lying outside of the markers from the beginning of the allocated memory to Start At and following the wave form to the next reference boundary to the minimum and maximum levels This only h
23. Offset 0 V Start 0s Stop 1s Clock 1 ms Edit 2 to change the peak amplitude of the carrier wave Edit 15 to change the frequency of the carrier wave Edit 7 to change the frequency of the signal wave modsin2 Appendices Appendix C Equation Library 7143 sin 2 pi t 000037413 3579545 pi 1 5 sin 2 pi t 000037413 146190 2 The modsin waveform represents the square of a modulated sine wave View at Amp 2 V Offset 0 V Start 0s Stop 10 us Clock 10 ns Edit 7743 to change the peak amplitude of the wave Edit 000037413 to change the time delay for both primary waves 3579545 is the original frequency of the carrier wave 5 controls the amplitude before squaring could be moved outside the square as 0 25 Edit 146790 to change the frequency of the signal wave NoiseSyn sin 7 t pi 3 rand NoiseSyn is a 3 5 Hz sine wave with random noise added The added noise has a maximum magnitude of 0 3 volt View at Amp 3 V Offset 0 V Start 0s Stop 1s Clock 1 ms Edit 7 to change the frequency of the sine wave Edit 3 to change the maximum possible magnitude of the noise sin2 sin 2 pi t 146190 2 Sin is a sine squared waveform with an original frequency of 146 19 kHz After squaring the wave has a 0 5 VDC offset half the square of the peak amplitude a peak amplitude equal to the offset and has doubled in frequency View at Amp 2 V O
24. Summary You have just completed Lesson 2 In this lesson you learned how to Compose a complex waveform m Use the Create functions Equation Sine Pulse Select and incorporate waveforms from the library m Use the Autoline and Horizontal Draw functions Copy between and replace between markers m Use the Auto calculate functions Add and multiply a waveform by Scalar Multiply a waveform Save a waveform Load a waveform from memory Operating Basics Lesson 3 Working with an AWG 2020 Arbitrary Waveform Generator WaveWriter AWE User Manual Tutorial Lesson 3 demonstrates the Acquire and Send functions for the AWG 2020 In this lesson you will load a waveform from disk change the clock rate and send the waveform to the Arbitrary Waveform Generator AWG You will then reacquire the waveform from the instrument to verify its accuracy Step 1 Clear All Waveforms from WaveWriter Memory To avoid confusing current waveforms with waveforms from previous ses sions clear all waveforms from memory before proceeding If there are waveforms existing in memory from a previous session you will be prompted If you wish to save prior data select Yes Otherwise select No Perform the following steps to clear the memory 1 From the Waveforms menu select Clear Waveform s The Clear Waveform s dialog box appears 2 Select the All Waveforms button NOTE Clear Waveform s is grayed and unavailable if there are no
25. These combo boxes select the input coupling from among AC DC and GROUND Filter These combo boxes select the input filter from among FULL pass through 250MHz and 20MHz WaveWriter AWE User Manual P 5 Appendix Q TVS 600 Series Dialogs and Messages Impedance These combo boxes select the input impedance from either 1M Ohms or 50 Ohms Horizontal Group Clock This combo box selects the sampling clock rate as the point duration in the 1 2 4 reciprocal of 1 2 5 5 sequence Length This combo box selects the record length from 256 to 30000 You should be aware that the long record length has some limitations as described in the user s manual and that this driver does not check if the current parameter violates the limitation Swp Offset This edit box specifies the sweep offset value which corre sponds to the point of trigger occurrence If the value 300 is specified the point 300 in the acquired waveform will represent the trigger point This value may not be negative and should be less than or equal to the Length value described above Trigger Group Mode This combo box selects the trigger mode from either NORMal or AUTO You should be aware that the AUTO is safer than the NORMal If the NORMal is selected while no appropriate trigger signal is supplied the instrument may be left waiting for the trigger condition met Source This combo box selects the trigger source from among EXTernal
26. bThe 3 term 67 dB Blackman Harris window spanning the fifth zero crossing on either side of the main sinc lobe CHarris F J On the Use of Windows for Harmonic Analysis with the Discrete Fourier Trans form Proceeding of the IEEE Vol 66 No 1 Jan 1978 Use Data Beyond Markers for New Data Calculation When imple menting the Longer Function or Short Function when compressing a wave form to minimize distortion at the end points of the waveform the transformation calculation requires data points outside the limits of the Start and Stop markers Select the Yes option button to acquire the data points If the markers are at the ends of the waveform extrapolated data points are calculated If you do not wish to use external data points select the No option button This group box is grayed not available for selection when Nearest Related Point is selected OK When OK is selected the processing region is resized to the new length The overall current waveform will lengthen or shorten accordingly Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close NOTE Altering the Horizontal resolution does not change the clock rate Reference Editing Waveforms Vertical
27. lt trace label gt m NAME B 2 Appendices The CSV Format WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix B Waveform Formats INDEPENDENT DIMENSION m ABEL START STOP DEPENDENT DIMENSION m LABEL The ADIF data block DATA lt data label gt m CURVE VALUES The Comma Separated Values CSV format is commonly used to exchange data sets between databases spreadsheets and other analysis packages Since the data is stored in plain ASCII characters it is easily transferred to other platforms and can be read and edited manually While WaveWriter will read and write future ASCII formats supported by Tektronix this file format provides a simple way to move waveform data in and out of WaveWriter Overview The standard format for a CSV waveform read or written by WaveWriter is as follows lt value gt lt value gt lt value gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt value gt lt value gt lt value gt lt CR gt lt LF gt etc Where lt value gt must be a number in decimal or scientific notation tn nnnE nnn Data in square brackets is optional What is expected is determined by the first data line If the first line has three values the format of the remaining is expected to be identical The number of values on a line determines the type of waveform A normal waveform is represented by two values per line an envelope waveform is represented by three
28. the selected waveform is the current waveform To designate a different waveform as the current waveform point to the desired entry and double click the LEFT mouse button or use the arrow keys to highlight the desired waveform then press the SPACEBAR or ENTER Each line of the Waveform Summary list identifies the instrument record length and waveform type associated with the specified waveform The record Length is the number of data points in the waveform the waveform Type is either Norm for normal waveforms or Env for envelopes Waveforms Summary Double Click to Change Current Waveform Waveform Name Instrument Name Length Type LESSON2 ADF AWG2020 MODSIN2 ADE TDS5xx Figure 3 53 Waveforms Summary Dialog Box 3 94 Reference Waveform Detail WaveWriter AWE User Manual Modifying and Listing Waveforms Waveform Name Lists the currently loaded waveforms OK Selecting OK clears the dialog box Double clicking an entry to change the current waveform does not clear the dialog box Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close When you select Waveform Detail a sub menu appears next to the selection listing all currently loaded waveforms To obtain waveform specific informa tion such as display amplitude offset record length
29. 20 ps pt to 0 1 s pt TDS300 Series 20 ps pt to 0 1 s pt TDS400 Series 20 ps pt to 0 4 s pt TDS500 Series 10 ps pt to 0 2 s pt TDS620 Series 10 ps pt to 0 1 s pt TDS640 Series 10 ps pt to 0 1 s pt TDS680 Series 4 ps pt to 40 ms pt TDS700 Series 4 ps pt to 0 2 s pt TDS800 Series 0 4 ps pt to 40 us pt Frequency Enter the frequency in Hz The values must correspond to a time per division value in a 1 2 5 sequence and lie in the range for the instrument TDS200 Series 50 GHz to 10 Hz TDS300 Series 50 GHz to 10 Hz TDS400 Series 50 GHz to 2 5 Hz TDS500 Series 100 GHz to 5 Hz TDS620 Series 100 GHz to 10 Hz TDS640 Series 100 GHz to 10 Hz TDS680 Series 250 GHz to 25 Hz TDS700 Series 250 GHz to 5 Hz TDS800 Series 2 5 THz to 25 kHz OK When OK is selected the clock rate is verified for appropriate limits If the specified rate is not a 1 2 5 sequence value you are offered a choice between the next slower valid value and cancellation When a valid clock L 2 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix L TDS Series Dialogs and Messages rate is entered the clock rate display above the Waveform Display Area updates with the new clock rate If the horizontal axis is displayed in se conds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Appendix L TDS Series Dialogs and Messages Acquire Waveform Use this dialog box see
30. 3 dialogs amp messages R 1 driver limits R 7 error messages R 8 marker setup R 6 send waveform R 4 Index 5 Index VXI 2 2 3 84 Waveform Analyzer 1 4 Waveform Generator 1 4 W warning messages A 9 waveform acquisition 3 87 add tolerance 3 70 associate with instrument 2 12 autoscale 2 18 background 2 3 clear 2 11 colors 3 38 couple 3 72 create 3 49 create envelope 3 70 create from equation 3 53 create pulse 3 63 Index 6 create sine 3 58 create square 3 66 create triangle 3 60 current 2 3 decouple 3 74 definitions 3 49 display area 2 5 draw 3 41 environment 2 3 2 5 equation library 3 55 line styles 3 38 loading 2 15 magnify 3 31 naming 3 7 A 5 scaling 3 77 send 3 88 transfer 3 83 zoom 2 18 Waveform detail 11000 Series O 6 2400 Series N 6 TDS Series L 8 Waveform file name AWG500 600 Series H 6 waveform formats B 1 waveforms delimit 2 4 WaveWriter concepts 2 3 environment 2 3 2 5 exit 3 22 fundamentals 2 10 tutorial 2 9 2 10 version 3 22 WaveWriter package 1 2 WFM file type 3 15 3 20 Windows 1 2 2 3 Z zoom waveform 2 18 3 31 Index
31. 3 3 Open Dialog Box File Name Enter the name of the waveform to be loaded in the File Name edit box or click on one of the names in the list box To change direc tories or drives use the Directories and or Drives list boxes You can choose the kind of files listed in the File Name list box by selecting entries from the List Files of Type list box or by specifying a particular file group with a wild card For example to list only files having a WFM extension enter WFM List Files of Types Lists the extensions WaveWriter uses for readable files Also included is the default All Files for looking at all files in the directory ADF files are WaveWriter files written in the ADIF format either 99 or 1 0 ISF files are Instrument Specific Format files and CSV files are Comma Separated Values files Compatible files written by other programs may have different extensions WaveWriter can read files of both CSV and CSV K3 format automatically distinguishing between the two See Appen dix B for waveform file formats Directories Lists the resident hierarchical directory structure including parallel directories Used in conjunction with the Drives list box below Use the Directories list box to find the directory that contains the file you want to read in To switch directories double click on the folder for the desired Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual File Operations directory To move to th
32. 5 AMmod is an AM modulated signal The carrier is a 10 Hz cosine wave with a 1 V peak amplitude and a 0 5 s time advance a negative delay The signal is 0 5 Hz sine wave with a 1 volt peak amplitude View at Amp 2 V Offset 0 V Start 0s Stop 1s Clock 1 ms Appendix C Equation Library Edit 70 to change the signal frequency Edit the 70 to change the carrier frequency Edit 5 to change the time shift AMsweep 5 t sin 5 9 pi t The AMsweep carrier signal is a 22 5 Hz sine wave with 0 5 volt peak amplitude The t factor will cause the signal to be ever increasing in amplitude View at Amp 2 V Offset 0 V Start 0s Stop 1s Clock 1 ms Edit 5 to change the rate of growth currently at 0 5 volt Edit 9 to change the carrier frequency Carrier sin 2 pi t 3579545 pi A more realistic carrier wave is the 3579545 MHz sine wave with a 1 volt peak amplitude and a pi phase shift This delays the wave 180 de grees For a few cycles view at Amp 2 V Offset 0 V Start Os Stop 1 s Clock 1 ms Edit 3579545 to change the carrier frequency Edit pi to change the time delay or phase DSXmax1 5 1 sin pi 2 1 t 158 4 10 9 72 36 See sample equation DSX 2 on Page D 5 for use DSXmax2 1 72 exp 2 13 t 158 4 10 9 92 See sample equation DSX 2 on Page D 5 for use DSXmin1 5 1 sin pi 2 1 t 158 4 10 9 72 20
33. ASCII character string Byte Count byte count as ASCII character string High byte low byte First data point in binary High byte low byte nth data point Amplitude offset and rate values can be integer decimal or exponential notation Binary data values range from 0 to 4095 The Byte count is twice that number of data points Data Conversion To convert a high byte low byte pair to an integer value use the following expression WfmValue HighByte lt lt 8 LowByte amp 255 For instruments with 12 bit resolution i e all except for the AWG2040 and 2041 WfimValue ranges from 0 to 4094 To convert to a signed integer subtract 2047 The AWG2040 and 2041 have 8 bit resolution and the least significant four bits are always set to zero WfmValue ranges from 0 to 4064 To convert to a signed integer subtract 2032 Appendices Appendix B Waveform Formats AFG5101 and AFG5501 ISF files for AFG5101 5501 arbitrary generators are formatted as follows The text shown in parentheses is commentary and not part of the ISF format OFFSET 0 Offset initialized see text AMPL n nn Amplitude Value OFFSET n nn Offset Value RATE n nnEnn Exponential notation ARGDATA ASCII character string High byte low byte byte count First data point High byte low byte High byte low byte nth data point checksum byte Checksum byte The first OFFSET parameter initializes the instr
34. Appendix H AWG500 600 Series Dialogs and Messages H 2 Frequency Enter the frequency in Hz The range of valid input values depends on the particular instrument See the Driver Limits section page H 8 of this appendix for details OK When the new clock rate is entered and OK selected the clock rate display above the Waveform Display Area updates with the new clock rate If the horizontal axis is displayed in seconds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Acquire Waveform Use this dialog box see Figure H 2 to select the source and destination of the waveform NOTE You can not acquire waveform from the AWG510 520 that the user program of the version before 2 0 is installed AWG500 600 Acquire Waveform Source Waveform AWG me m Destination WaveW riter Waveform Name Replace Current Waveform Create New Waveform Oe OK Cancel Help Figure H 2 AWG500 600 Acquire Waveform Dialog Box Source Waveform AWG Used to select the waveform that will be acquired from the internal hard disk in the instrument The clicking FILE lists all the waveforms in the internal hard disk Destination WaveWriter You have a choice of how to store the acquired waveform Appendices Appendix H AWG500 600 Series Dialogs and Messages Replace Current Waveform The current waveform is ove
35. Care from the Draw menu Move the cursor to the desired starting point for the line segment Press and hold the LEFT mouse button to enable drawing Move the mouse in the horizontal direction a line segment extends from the start point to the horizontal position of the cursor When the cursor reaches the desired end point release the LEFT mouse button to discontinue the line segment and disable drawing Repeat for additional line segments To use Envelope Min Don t Care from the Keyboard 1 Select Envelope Min Don t Care from the Draw menu and press EN TER Use the direction keys to move the cursor to the desired starting point Press either ENTER or SPACEBAR to enable drawing Press the direction keys to extend the line segment in the desired direc tion The line extends in a horizontal direction originating from the start point Press either ENTER or SPACEBAR to end the line segment and disable drawing Repeat for additional line segments 3 47 Drawing Waveforms Envelope Max To modify the upper limit of the current envelope select Envelope Max followed by a selection from the Draw menu Envelope Min To modify the lower limit of the current envelope select Envelope Min followed by a selection from the Draw menu NOTE When creating envelopes Max values should be greater than Min values Waveforms created with incorrect limits will fail 3 48 Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual Cre
36. Clock Frequency The default clock rate is initially displayed You can edit it to set the desired clock frequency Data Size This specifies the size of each point 8 12 or 16 bits may be selected for files containing integer point values or Float for files contain ing floating point values When Float is selected each point value is read in 32 bit floating point format Offset Binary Only applicable to integer formats When this box is checked the point value data is assumed to be positive offset binary Otherwise the data is assumed to be signed integer Skip Bytes What data you want to be read in is specified by choosing either of the following methods Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual File Operations m Find Data Block When this box is checked the input file is assumed to contain an arbitrary data block with a block header of the form 41024 for example which specifies the length of the data block The preceding part of the file is ignored and the data block is located automatically GPIB commands often use this method for representing waveform data in a binary format so this option can be used for reading files containing GPIB commands Leading Trailing Instead of automatically finding the data you can specify a number of bytes starting at the top of the input file which will be ignored You can also specify a number of bytes to be ignored at the end of the input file The number
37. Equations Appendices Appendix E AFG2020 Dialogs and Messages This appendix describes the dialog boxes and error messages specific to the AFG 2020 Change Clock Rate Use the following dialog box see Figure E 1 to change the current clock rate This reassigns the time per point and does not change the waveform size or shape AFG 2020 Clock Rate Time per Point 5 or Figure E 1 AFG 2020 Clock Rate Dialog Box Time per Point Enter the time per point in seconds The valid range is 4 ns to 1 953 ms Frequency Enter the frequency in Hz The valid range is 512 MHz to 250 mHz OK When the new clock rate is entered and OK selected the clock rate display above the Waveform Display Area updates with the new clock rate If the horizontal axis is displayed in seconds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu WaveWriter AWE User Manual E 1 Appendix E AFG 2020 Dialogs and Messages E 2 Acquire Waveform Use this dialog box see Figure E 2 to select the source and destination of the waveform You may choose one of 32 Arbitrary waveforms stored in the instrument You are prompted for the following information before acquiring the wave form Acquire AFG 2020 Source AFG20 70 Waveform ID Destination MW ave riter o Replace Current Waveform Create New Waveform Waveform Name WAYEO Figur
38. Messages 2 filter with 100 kHz cut off 3 filter with 11 kHz cut off 4 filter with 1 3 kHz cut off Auto Execute Moves the contents of the AFG memory into the execu tion buffer Output On Toggles the AFG Output on or off AM On Toggles the AFG amplitude modulation on and off OK Selecting OK sets all parameters and sends the current waveform to the specified reference memory Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Driver Limits This driver uses the limits listed below to determine valid display amplitude offset and clock rate Display Amplitude The valid range is 10 mV to 9 99 V Offset The amplitude and offset must conform to the following relation ship Amplitude 2 Offset Absolute Peak Amplitude Offset into 50 Q Amplitude Range Peak Amplitude Resolution Absolute Offset into50Q into 50 Q 1V 9 99 V 44 99 V 10 mV 0 1 V 0 999 V 0 499 V 1 mV 0 01 V 0 099 V 0 049 V 1 mV Time per Point The valid time per point ranges from 100 ns to 999 9 s Maximum Number of Points The maximum number of points that can be sent to the instrument is 8192 WaveWriter AWE User Manual l 5 Appendix I AFG5101 5501 Dialogs and Messages AFG5101 5505 Error Messages E1001 Error sending waveform to AFG 5101 5501 An error was detected when sending a waveform to the AFG 5101 5501 Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and
39. Minimize Box Title Bar Box WaveWriterJAWE AWG2020 LESSON2 ADF SigProc Transfer Waveforms L Menu Bar H Clock 34 9nS Marker Positions Marker Flags Waveform pass Display 0 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 04 Area milli Seconds Cursor Crosshair G TRS i Coordinates gt Scroll Box Horizontal Scroll Bar Figure 2 1 WaveWriter Window Elements Title Bar The Title Bar lists three items separated by colons the name WaveWriter the target instrument the name of the current waveform WaveWriter AWE User Manual 2 5 Using WaveWriter Menu Bar The Menu Bar is located just below the Title Bar It displays the available menus To select a menu either point and click the mouse or press and hold ALT press and release the underlined letter Clock Rate The readout in the upper right corner of the window displays the clock rates of the waveforms in the Waveform List All waveforms in memory have the same clock rate Clock rates are used in frequency and equation calcula tions and are set for each target instrument as described in the Appendices Marker Positions In the horizontal axis portions of the displayed waveform may be bounded by the Start and Stop Markers Markers define portions of waveforms for actions by the WaveWriter command tools Each marker has an attached Marker Flag at the top of the waveform display area The Start Marker flag is marked with the symbol gt gt and the
40. Name edit box a warning is issued and you are returned to the edit box If the specified file name is the same as a file name already in WaveWrit er memory you are given the option of replacing the file in memory or creating a file with a different name For TDS WFM TDS ASCII AWG WFM and IQSIM ASCII directly after you select OK WaveWriter does some file format checking and the Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog appears Refer to Figure 3 5 for the details of this dialog For BINARY and ASCII files another dialog will appear prompt ing the user for details of the format of the file to be read Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu File Operations Binary Import Option Clock Frequency Skip Bytes Fa a eed Find Data Block Format Leading w 8bit Trailing TE 12bit 16bit Byte Order LSB Intel DX Offset Binary MSB Motorola 4 Figure 3 8 Binary Import Option Dialog Box Binary Import Option Dialog Box This dialog is used to define how a binary waveform file is read into WaveW riter Such files can take a wide variety of formats in which waveform points are represented by binary data By setting the parameters of the read ap propriately WaveWriter can be made to extract just the waveform data part of a file ignoring data that is of no interest or is of unknown format The following parameters are available to handle various data formats
41. OK is pressed If the check box against a parameter is checked the parameter must be set by the user To set it so that it will be calculated automatically click on the check box so that its check mark disappears When you do this the check marks will appear in the boxes for the other parameters that must be set by the user Calculate lt gt Selecting this button causes the indicated parame ter the one with the empty check box to be calculated so that you can preview it prior to selecting OK In Figure 3 31 Start Point Stop Point and Cycles was entered and Frequency was calculated Selecting this button is optional if you do not select it the value will be calculated automatically when OK is selected Phase Enter the beginning phase of the triangle wave in radians or degrees Action Specify the placement of the triangle wave Replace Writes over the current waveform between and including the Start and Stop Points Insert Inserts the triangle wave into the current waveform at the Start Point The previously defined portion of the current waveform after and including the Start Point shifts to follow the end of the inserted wave form 3 61 Creating Waveforms Add Arithmetically adds the triangle waveform to the current wave form between and including the Start and Stop points New Waveform Creates a new waveform You are prompted to enter a new waveform name If the Start Point is n
42. To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close ee ne New Waveform Name S d Record Length Seconds Points Type Normal Waveform O Envelope Figure 3 2 New Dialog Box Reference File Operations New Waveform Name Enter the name of the waveform you are creat ing in this edit box The eight character file name and three character exten sion can be a combination of characters acceptable to the DOS system Certain reserved words are not permitted aux con prn nul com1 com2 com3 com4 Ipt1 Ipt2 Ipt3 A file name extension is not necessary since it is appended automatically when the waveform is saved to a disk file If you choose to add an extension use any three DOS acceptable characters The Save menu description to follow discusses recommended file extension nomenclature Record Length In this edit box enter the length of the waveform Speci fy either Points or Seconds The minimum length is two points and the maximum length depends on memory availability with an upper limit of 4 M points for display If you select Seconds the number of points is based on the current clock rate Type Select the basic file type you wish to create You can create a normal or an envelope waveform Normal Waveform A normal waveform is any nonenvelope wave form Envelope An envelope waveform is a waveform that simultaneously defines upper and lower
43. Wim Horizontal Axis Show Crosshairs Show Multiple Waveforms Set Colors and Line Styles Draw Nodraw Freehand Horizontal Vertical Autoline Envelope Max Don t Care Envelope Min Don t Care Envelope Max Envelope Min Create Equation Sine Triangle Pulse Square Envelope Tolerance Envelope Couple Envelope Decouple SigProc Add Scalar Multiply by Scalar Add Waveforms Subtract Waveforms Multiply Waveforms Divide Waveforms Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual Transfer Configure Instruments Acquire Send Waveforms Change Clock Rate Change Amplitude Offset Associate Waveform Rename Waveform Clear Waveform s Waveform Summary Waveform Detail Help Menu Map 3 4 Reference File Operations Use the following File menu selections to create open store or print wave forms or to end a WaveWriter session New Creates a new waveform file Open Opens an existing native format waveform file Save Stores a waveform native format file Import Opens an existing foreign format waveform file Export Stores a waveform in a foreign format waveform file Hardcopy Outputs the current waveform display to a printing device Exit Ends the WaveWriter session About Identifies the installed version of WaveWriter New Use the New menu selection to create a new or envelope waveform When you select
44. a new waveform You are prompted to enter a new waveform name If the Start Point is not defined as zero all data points preceding Start are set to zero volts Stop defines the end of the waveform Waveform Name Identify the new waveform by entering a DOS com patible file name The Waveform Name edit box appears only when New Waveform is selected in the Action group box WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 59 Creating Waveforms OK Select OK to implement the defined parameters and create the sine wave Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close Triangle When you select Triangle from the Create menu the dialog box in Figure 3 32 appears Vertical Horizontal Max Min Ampl Offset Seconds Points EX Start Point fo o Pts ig Stop Point oO Frogueneg iq Cycles i Calculate Frequency New Waveform Degrees WayefomNeme ll S ES oe Figure 3 32 Triangle Dialog Box Vertical Specify the triangle wave amplitude parameters Max Min Enter the highest desired voltage level in the Max edit box and lowest level in the Min box Values should not exceed the limits of the target instrument Ampl Offset Enter the desired peak to
45. a new waveform name The ac quired waveform becomes the current waveform The previous current waveform is now a background waveform Waveform Name Enter a valid name for the waveform being acquired OK When OK is selected the waveform is acquired loaded into memory and displayed as the current waveform Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Conformance to Target If the acquired waveform data does not conform to the target instrument s ranges voltage and timing data are affected Voltage If the acquired waveform amplitude exceeds the display window limits the waveform is clipped on the display No data is lost however Clock Rate If the clock rate does not match a warning is displayed and you are prompted for one of the following solutions m Change the clock rate of the incoming waveform to the current clock rate m Massage expands or compresses the incoming waveform to maintain a timing match Change the current clock rate to match the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instrument this option is grayed out and unavailable Cancel the acquisition and return to the main menu K 3 Appendix K AWG 5105 Dialogs and Messages Send Waveform You can send the current waveform to a reference memory location in the AWG 5105 with the following dialog box see Figure K 3 Send AWG 5105 Send To Mod
46. and Marker 2 show the current On Off state of the markers for the currently selected channel Clicking on the Set Marker button causes the Marker Setup dialog box to be displayed allowing the user to input marker signal state and position settings See below for a description of the Marker Setup dialog box NOTE Marker signals should not be confused with WaveWriter s marker flags they are entirely different things The marker flag positions do not have any effect on marker signal positions set in the Marker Setup dialog box see Figure H 5 Digital Data Format PATTERN You can transfer the waveform data to the AWG500 or AWG610 as Waveform file or Pattern file Checking this box allows you to select Pattern file format Deselect this box to send the data in Waveform format OK Clicking on OK sends the waveform and sets the selected settings If the length of the waveform is not acceptable to the instrument a dialog box informing the user will be displayed The dialog presents a choice of actions truncating to the closest legal length rounding up to the nearest legal length or cancelling the send and returning to the main menu De pending on the situation choices that are not possible are grayed in the dialog box Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Appendix H AWG500 600 Series Dialogs and Messages H 6 Waveform File Name You can set or change the waveform file nam
47. available for transfer over the commu nications interface You need to transfer the parts of the sequence individual ly G 10 Appendices Appendix H AWG500 600 Series Dialogs and Messages WaveWriter AWE User Manual This appendix describes the dialog boxes and error messages specific to the AWG500 600 series arbitrary waveform generators The dialog boxes for the AWG500 600 series all contain the same controls even though the features of the different types vary The example dialog boxes in this appendix are taken from the AWG520 driver If the instrument being used does not have a feature that feature is grayed in the dialog box and cannot be used In other cases selections that are available in one instrument type e g a filter with a particular cut off point may not be avail able in another NOTE The maximam data length for the waveform that you can create in this software is limited to 4M points Change Clock Rate Use the following dialog box see Figure H 1 to change the current clock rate This changes only the time per point and does not change the wave form size or shape AWG500 600 Clock Rate Time per Point Ww Frequency Hz OF Cancel Help Figure H 1 AWG500 600 Clock Rate Dialog Box Time per Point Enter the time per point in seconds The range of valid input values depends on the particular instrument See the Driver Limits section page H 8 of this appendix for details
48. axis amplitude in volts per division This value determines the size of the waveform on the display To change the value increase or decrease the display amplitude of the waveform YZERO Lists the external offset in volts This field is used when the external offset is too large to express in unscaled volts OK Select OK to close the dialog box Driver Limits This driver uses the limits listed below to determine valid display amplitude offset and clock rate Display Amplitude The valid range is 1 966 mV to 50000 V External Offset The valid range is 50000 to 50000 V Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix O 11000 Series Dialogs and Messages Time per Point The acceptable range is 10 fs pt to 0 2 s pt The clock rate must conform to a 1 2 5 sequence Maximum Number of Points The maximum number of points that can be sent to the instrument is 16383 11000 DSA Error Messages E1003 Current clock rate is invalid for 11000 DSA Accept upper limit of 32000S The given or current clock rate is invalid Answer Yes if you accept the current upper limit If the No choice is available you can answer no and enter a different value E1004 Current clock rate is invalid for 11000 DSA Accept lower limit of 100 fS The given or current clock rate is invalid Answer Yes if you accept the current lower limit If the No choice is available you can answer no and enter a different value
49. axis scales to the specified ranges Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close 3 33 WaveWriter AWE User Manual Displaying Waveforms Set Markers Sets the Markers to the display locations specified Selecting Set Markers displays the dialog box shown in Figure 3 17 Enter the desired Start and Stop marker locations and select either Points or Seconds Marker settings do not affect the Set Axis Ranges Points O Seconds Stop Figure 3 17 Set Markers Dialog Box For lengthy waveforms setting the markers manually may be more effective than placing the marker flags with the mouse or keyboard NOTE Selecting Point or Seconds in this window does not affect the units used for displaying horizontal ranges and positions in WaveWriter s main window Use Set Axis Ranges to set these units Autoscale Current The Autoscale Current Waveform selection is used to scale the horizontal display so that the entire length of the waveform is displayed within the range Waveform of the X axis while simultaneously adjusting the vertical scale in a number of user selectable ways At Zero Volts At Zero Volts centers the waveform at zero volts and uses the waveform abs
50. box appears as shown in Figure 2 19 6 AWG2000 Acquire Waveform Source AWG2000 Waveform Name Destination WaveWriter D Replace Current Waveform Create New Waveform Figure 2 19 AWG2000 Acquire Waveform Dialog Box Select OK The waveform is reacquired from the selected source and becomes the current waveform The two waveforms appearing in the Waveform Display Area should be identical Summary You have just completed Lesson 3 In this lesson you learned how to WaveWriter AWE User Manual Associate a waveform Set the clock rate Load a waveform from disk Scale the waveform Transfer a waveform to the AWG 2020 with the Send command Acquire a waveform from the AWG 2020 with the Acquire command 2 41 Tutorial Lesson 4 Working with a TDS 500 Series Digitizing Oscilloscope 2 42 In Lesson 4 you will modify the envelope of a nonenveloped waveform You will then send the newly created enveloped waveform along with the original normal waveform to the oscilloscope reference memory Step 1 Clear All Waveforms from WaveWriter Memory To avoid confusing current waveforms with waveforms from previous ses sions clear all waveforms from memory before proceeding If there are waveforms existing in memory from a previous session you will be prompted If you wish to save prior data select Yes Otherwise select No Perform the following steps to clear the memory 1 From the Waveforms menu se
51. calculated as follows 1 0 Time per Point x Number of Points in Waveform If there is no current waveform the number of points is 1 OK When the new clock rate is entered and OK is selected the clock rate display above the Waveform Display Area updates with the new clock rate If the horizontal axis is displayed in seconds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix K AWG 5105 Dialogs and Messages Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Acquire Waveform Use this dialog box see Figure K 2 to acquire a waveform from either Channel 1 or Channel 2 You are prompted for the following information before acquiring the wave form Acquire AWG 5105 Acquire From Channel 1 O Channel Begin Addr 7 Length Create Hew Waveform Figure K 2 Acquire AWG 5105 Dialog Box Acquire From Identifies the waveform source choose Channel 1 or Channel 2 Beginning Address Enters the beginning address of the waveform being acquired The valid range is 0 to 262143 Length Enters the waveform length The valid range is 2 to 65536 Replace Current Waveform Overwrites the current waveform with the acquired waveform The acquired waveform record length is the new current record length Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix K AWG 5105 Dialogs and Messages Create New Waveform Prompts for
52. cannot be found All Help text files reside within the subdirectory HELP located with the WaveWriter executable files If this file was inadvertently deleted reinstall the WaveWriter software E326 Error reading help topics and files The file HLPTOPIC HLP a list of all Help topics available from the Help selec tion in the Main Menu is unavailable or corrupt Reinstall the WaveWriter software E328 File filename cannot be read in either ADIF ISF or CSV format The selected file from the Open menu cannot be read in ADIF ISF or CSV format for the selected target instrument If the ADIF file was not created by WaveWriter it may be an incompatible version If the file cannot be read in Instrument Specific Format it may have been created for a different instru ment Select Open again and attempt to read the file with another instrument from the Choose ISF Instrument dialog box E329 Improper ADIF file format The internal format of the ADIF file is incompatible due to an incorrect field format or invalid value E350 Invalid number In response to an edit box you entered an invalid number Check the value and try again Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix A Error and Warning Messages E351 Must be a digit 0 9 In response to an edit box you entered a character that was not a combina tion of the digits 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 and 9 Check the value and try again E352
53. conform to the target instrument s ranges voltage and timing data are affected Voltage If the acquired waveform amplitude exceeds the display window limits the waveform is clipped on the display No data is lost however Clock Rate If the clock rate does not match a warning is displayed and you are prompted for one of the following solutions m Change the clock rate of the incoming waveform to the current clock rate m Massage expands or compresses the incoming waveform to maintain a timing match Change the current clock rate to match the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instrument this option is grayed out and unavailable Cancel the acquisition and return to the main menu Appendix J AFG 5102 AWG 5102 Dialogs and Messages Send Waveform Send the current waveform to the AFG 5102 5502 see Figure J 3 with the following dialog box send AFG 5102 5502 Send Waveform Between Markers Begin ADDR p HARKER O P o lo Location Filter E Auto Execute a External Clock J Output ON Figure J 3 Send AFG 5102 5502 Dialog Box Send Waveform Sends the entire waveform The number of points plus the beginning address value selected must be less than the maximum of 32768 points Send Waveform Between Markers Send only the portion between and including the markers The number of points plus the beginning ad dress value selected mus
54. direction keys move the cursor to the desired starting point of a line segment Press either ENTER or SPACEBAR to enable draw ing Use the direction keys to extend the line segment in the desired direc tion a line extends from the starting point to the cursor position When the cursor reaches the desired end point press either ENTER or SPACEBAR to discontinue the line segment The end point of this line is now the starting point for the next line With the direction keys move the mouse in a different direction and press either ENTER or SPACE BAR to add additional line segments if desired To complete an Autoline series press ESCAPE to redraw the display and disable drawing 3 45 Drawing Waveforms Envelope Max Don t Care 3 46 The Envelope Max Don t Care selection is similar to the Horizontal menu selection With this command you can draw a don t care acceptance range for the upper limit of the waveform envelope The don t care bit level is determined by the target instrument as the maximum bit level the instru ment supports When you select this option the don t care level is used any time you draw outside the display axis range To use Envelope Max Don t Care with the Mouse 1 2 5 Select Envelope Max Don t Care from the Draw menu Move the cursor to the desired starting point for the line segment Press and hold the LEFT mouse button to enable drawing M
55. do this the check marks will appear in the boxes for the other parameters that must be set by the user Calculate lt gt Selecting this button causes the indicated parame ter the one with the empty check box to be calculated so that you can preview it prior to selecting OK In Figure 3 33 Start Point Stop Point and Cycles was entered and Period was calculated Selecting this button is optional if you do not select it the value will be calculated automatically when OK is selected Delay Enter the delay before the first transition Pulse Width Enter the width of the pulse at 50 of the peak to peak amplitude Period ea Pulse Width 10 Delay Rise Time Fall Time 90 Figure 3 34 Pulse Timing Parameters Transitions Define the pulse transition parameters 3 64 Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual Creating Waveforms Pulse Direction Specify whether the leading edge of the pulse is Positive Pos going or Negative Neg going Risetime Enter the horizontal distance required for the leading edge of a pulse from 10 to 90 of its amplitude Amplitude is the difference between the Maximum and Minimum values entered Ramp When selected the contribution of the transition time to the period is 1 25 times the entered transition time See Figure 3 35 Sine When selected the contribution of the transition time to the period is 2 073878 times
56. for secure attachment and try again E1002 No lt device gt found on the bus All primary addresses were checked for the presence of an instrument and none were found Check the GPIB or RS232 cables for secure attachment and try again E1003 Clock rate too slow Accept limit A clock rate above the upper limit for the instrument was entered You are offered the opportunity to change the clock rate to the upper limit E1004 Clock rate too fast Accept limit A clock rate below the lower limit for the instrument was entered You are offered the opportunity to change the clock rate to the lower limit E1006 Waveform too long When attempting to send a waveform to an AWG 2000 series instrument the waveform size was greater than the maximum record length See Driver Limits page G 8 in the section for the record length limit for your instru ment Use the markers to segment off a smaller section of the waveform and send only that portion to the instrument Appendix G AWG 2000 Series Dialogs and Messages E1007 Envelope not supported You attempted to either save an envelope to an instrument specific file or send an envelope to the instrument AWG 2000 series instruments do not support envelopes Consider using Envelope Decouple to break the enve lope into two component waveforms then send them individually E1009 Cannot acquire waveform associated with a sequence Sequence file waveform data is not
57. from the Instrument List to associate with the current or copied waveform Display Select one of two options Use Current Amp Offset Sets the Axis Ranges for the new waveform to those of the current selected waveform Autoscale at middle of Wim Displays the waveform as if the Dis play Autoscale at middle of Wfm sub menu were selected Create Duplicate Waveform Check this box if you wish to create a duplicate of the current waveform Waveform Name Enter a unique name for the new waveform if Create Duplicate Waveform is checked OK Selecting OK associates the new or current waveform with the speci fied target instrument and adjusts the display as specified Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu 3 91 Modifying and Listing Waveforms Clear Waveform s 3 92 Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close The Clear Waveform s selection removes the specified waveform s from memory Clearing waveforms is especially useful in deleting unwanted background waveforms When Clear Waveform s is selected the dialog box in Figure 3 51 is displayed Clear WYaveform s Select Waveforms to Clear from Memory Figure 3 51 Clear Waveform s Dialog Box Select Waveforms to Cl
58. in instrument memory and all chan nels in the instrument Destination WaveWriter You have a choice of how to store the acquired waveform Replace Current Waveform The current waveform is overwritten by the acquired waveform The acquired waveform record length is the new record length Create Waveform You must enter a new waveform name The acquired waveform becomes the current waveform The previous current waveform becomes a background waveform Waveform Name Enter a valid name for the waveform being acquired Only visible when Creat New Waveform is selected OK When OK is selected the waveform is acquired loaded into memory and displayed as the current waveform R 2 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix R VX4792 Dialogs and Messages Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Conformance to Target If the acquired waveform data does not conform to the target instrument s ranges voltage data and timing data are affected Voltage If the acquired waveform amplitude exceeds the display window limits the waveform is clipped on the display However no data is lost Clock Rate If the clock rate does not match a warning is displayed and you are prompted to select one of the following actions m Change the clock rate of the incoming waveform to the current clock rate m Massage expand or compress the incoming waveform to main
59. incoming waveform to maintain a timing match m Change the current clock rate to match the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instrument this option is grayed out and unavailable Cancel the acquisition and return to the main menu Appendix I AFG5101 5501 Dialogs and Messages Send Waveform Send the current waveform to either Bank 1 or Bank 2 of the AFG 5101 5501 see Figure I 3 with the following dialog box send AFG 5101 5501 gt Send Waveform Between Markers Bank Number a Begin ADDR 0 Filter 0 J Auto Execute ia AM ON CJ Output ON Figure I 3 Send AFG 5101 5501 Dialog Box Send Waveform Sends the entire waveform The number of points sent plus the beginning address value selected must be less than the maximum of 8192 Send Waveform Between Markers Sends only the portion between and including the markers The number of points sent plus the beginning address value selected must be less than the maximum of 8192 Bank Number Enters the bank number you want the waveform sent to Enter either 1 or 2 Begin ADDR Sets the address of the selected bank you want the wave form to start at The valid range is 0 to 8191 Filter Applies one of four fixed low pass filters to the arbitrary waveform output The valid selections are 0 no filter 1 filter with 1 MHz cut off Appendices Appendix I AFG5101 5501 Dialogs and
60. instru ment The amplitude offset must be within the range 7 49 to 7 49 V into a 50 load The output amplitude and offset must conform to the following relationship Absolute Offset Amplitude 2 lt 7 5 V Point Rate Shows the clock rate or internal trigger interval The valid range is 20 ns to 150 s Frequency Shows the frequency of the current waveform Frequency is a function of the number of data points in the waveform and the waveform execution rate The total time for one period is the number of points x rate The output frequency of the waveform is frequency 1 number of points x rate Filter Select one of four low pass filters applied to the output 1 5 MHz filter with 1 5 MHz cut off 150 kHz filter with 150 kHz cut off m 15 kHz filter with 15 kHz cut off 1 5 kHz filter with 1 5 kHz cut off Output On In addition to the cut off selection the filter output can be toggled on or off For Output On you must specify the following Output Start Sets the starting address for the executable waveform Output Length Sets the length of the executable waveform Usually the start and length values match the waveform start address and length Markers Address Four markers are available Markers are enabled by selecting the check box next to the desired marker and specifying the address value the marker is to appear at In addition a synchronization signal is availabl
61. instruments 3 90 choice of units 2 8 clearing waveforms 2 11 clock rate 2 4 2 6 2 13 change 3 89 display 2 6 readout 2 6 COM port 3 85 Comma Separated Values 3 13 configure GPIB 2 2 printer 3 21 system 1 2 target instrument 2 11 3 83 Conformance to target 11000 Series O 4 2200 Series M 4 2400 Series N 4 AFG2020 E 3 AFG5101 5501 I 3 AFG5102 J 3 AWG2000 Series G 3 AWG500 600 Series H 3 AWG5102 J 3 AWG5105 K 3 TDS Series L 5 TVS6000 Series P 4 P 7 VX4790A Q 3 VX4792 R 3 couple waveforms 3 72 Create menu 3 49 Envelope Couple 3 72 Envelope Decouple 3 74 Envelope Tolerance 3 70 Equation 3 53 Parameter Definitions 3 49 Pulse 3 63 Setting Waveform Characteristics 3 51 Sine 3 58 Square 3 66 Triangle 3 60 creating waveforms 3 5 tutorial 2 9 CSV 3 9 B 3 B 5 file type 3 8 3 12 3 13 CSV K3 B 5 file type 3 8 3 12 current waveform 2 3 change to another 2 18 cursors 2 5 2 7 3 38 D data nonconformance 3 11 3 18 DDS Glossary 1 decouple waveforms 3 74 definitions waveform 3 49 deleting waveforms 3 92 delimit waveforms 2 4 Destination 11000 Series O 3 device drivers 3 84 Disable Undo 3 23 3 24 display amplitude 2 4 bit range 2 4 colors 3 38 display current waveform amplitude 3 96 associated instrument 3 96 axis ranges 3 96 clock rate 3 96 external clock settings 3 96 instrument dependent details 3 96 marker v
62. library 3 55 C 1 Error messages 11000 Series O 7 2200 Series M 5 2400 Series N 7 AFG2020 E 6 AFG310 320 F 4 AFG5101 5501 l 6 AFG5102 J 6 AWG2000 Series G 9 AWG500 600 Series H 9 AWG5102 J 6 AWG5105 K 7 TDS Series L 10 TVS6000 Series P 9 VX4790A Q 9 VX4792 R 8 error messages A 1 example equations D 1 exit WaveWriter 3 22 Export save file type ASC 3 20 PAT 3 20 WFM 3 20 F file extension ADF 3 8 3 13 CSV 3 8 3 13 SF 3 8 3 13 file extention ASC 3 14 3 15 3 20 BIN 3 14 3 15 Index DAT 3 14 3 15 l 3 14 3 15 PAT for AWG500 Series 3 14 3 15 Q 3 14 3 15 WFM for AWG2000 Series 3 14 3 15 for AWG500 Series 3 14 3 15 for TDS 3 14 8 15 file format ADIF 3 8 3 12 B 1 B 3 ASCII 3 15 3 20 BINARY 3 15 CSV 3 8 3 12 B 3 B 5 CSV K3 3 8 3 12 B 5 IQSMI 3 15 ISF 3 8 3 12 3 84 B 5 B 16 PAT 3 20 WFM 3 15 3 20 File menu 3 5 About 3 22 Exit 3 22 Export 3 19 Hardcopy 3 21 Import 3 14 New 3 5 Open 3 8 Save 3 12 files save 3 12 first time operation 2 10 flow control 3 86 format dot 3 31 vector 3 31 freehand drawing 3 42 G GPIB 2 2 2 12 addresses 3 84 Grayed Glossary 1 H hardcopy 3 21 Index 3 Index Help 2 11 menu 2 7 Import list of file type ASC 3 15 BIN 3 15 DAT 3 14 A 3 15 PAT 3 15 Q 3 15 WFM 3 14 3 15 install exe 2 1 installation GPIB 2 2 software 2 1 Wav
63. main menu Data Nonconformance If the parameters of the waveform you are attempting to load do not match those of the target instrument several things may occur Vertical If the waveform amplitude exceeds the current axis range the display will be clipped Use the Display gt Autoscale Current Waveform menu to rescale the display no data is lost If the waveform amplitude exceeds the maximum range of the target instrument Autoscale Current Waveform sets the vertical axis range to the maximum instrument range That portion of the waveform beyond the instrument range will be shown clipped Horizontal If the time per point of the incoming waveform does not match the system clock rate WaveWriter warns you of the mismatch Choose one of the following actions m Change the clock rate of the incoming waveform to the system clock rate m Massage expand or compress the incoming waveform to maintain a timing match See Horizontal Resolution Page 3 26 m Change the clock rate to match that of the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instrument the option is grayed and unavailable Cancel the Open command File Operations Save 3 12 The Save command stores the current waveform file to disk The file format directory path and resident drive must be specified Selecting Save from the File menu displays the dialog box in Figure 3 6 File Name Directories c a
64. mouse button and drag the cursor to approximately x 6 9 us y 720 mV Release the mouse button The region within the box is magnified 3 From the Draw menu select Horizontal 4 Position the cursor at approximately x 1 54 us y 287 5 mV 10 mV Click the LEFT mouse button and drag to x 6 42 us Note that as you drag the mouse the horizontal line always stays at the original voltage selected Release the LEFT mouse button to end the line segment Press the RIGHT mouse button to redraw the display NOTE If you experience difficulty in positioning the cursor to an exact location use the mouse for coarse adjustment and the arrow keys for fine the adjustment If an error is created use the Edit Undo function to delete the operation then start over 5 From the Display menu select Zoom Out 6 From the Create menu select Sine The Sine dialog box appears as shown in Figure 2 9 7 Inthe Vertical group select the Amp Offset option button 8 Inthe Amplitude Pk Pk edit box enter 287 5m 9 Inthe Offset edit box enter 0 10 In the Horizontal group select the Seconds option button 11 Select the Cycles check box if it is not empty Note that the Calculate button changes to Calculate Cycles This parameter will be calculated based on the Start Point Stop Point Frequency and current clock rate 12 In the Start Point edit box enter 6 98u 13 In the Stop Point edit box enter 9 42u
65. ns to 100s AWG 2020 2021 4 ns to 100 ms AWG 2040 2041 1nsto 1ms Maximum Number of Points The maximum number of points that a single waveform can contain are limited as follows AWG 2005 65536 AWG 2020 2021 262144 AWG 2040 2041 4194304 Minimum Number of Points The minimum number of points that a single waveform can contain are limited as follows AWG 2005 16 AWG 2020 2021 64 AWG 2040 2041 32 G 8 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix G AWG 2000 Series Dialogs and Messages Number of Points Multiple Waveform lengths in an instrument are always a multiple of a certain number of points as follows AWG 2005 1 AWG 2020 2021 8 AWG 2040 2041 32 AWG 2000 Series Error Messages The error messages specific to the AWG 2000 series are listed below These messages are common to all types in the series although each type has different capabilities When an error results from a limit being exceeded the user can refer to Driver Limits above to resolve the problem When the symbol lt device gt appears the type of your instrument will be included in the message E1000 Error acquiring data from lt device gt An error was detected when acquiring a waveform from the instrument Check the GPIB or RS232 cables for secure attachment and try again E1001 Error sending data to lt device gt An error was detected when sending a waveform to the instrument Check the GPIB or RS232 cables
66. number of points sent See the Driver Limits section of page F 3 for details The value will be set to the limit as given by clockLimit E1010 For AFG 300 phase must be between 360 and 360 degrees You entered a value for the phase that was outside the permitted range Appendix F AFG 310 320 Dialogs and Messages Appendices Appendix G AWG2000 Series Dialogs and Messages WaveWriter AWE User Manual This appendix describes the dialog boxes and error messages specific to the AWG 2000 series arbitrary waveform generators The dialog boxes for the AWG 2000 series all contain the same controls even though the features of the different types vary The example dialog boxes in this appendix are taken from the AWG2020 driver If the instrument being used does not have a feature that feature is grayed in the dialog box and cannot be used In other cases selections that are available in one instrument type e g a filter with a particular cut off point may not be avail able in another Non available selections are not displayed Change Clock Rate Use the following dialog box see Figure G 1 to change the current clock rate This changes only the time per point and does not change the wave form size or shape AWG O00 Clock Rate Time per Point Frequency Figure G 1 AWG 2000 Clock Rate Dialog Box Time per Point Enter the time per point in seconds The range of valid input values depends on the particul
67. of the waveform For many menu selections you have the option of using the entire waveform or a portion that is between and includes the markers The distance between the markers may never exceed the maximum record length for the target instrument If the Start or Stop marker is dragged past this length the other marker moves with it See Markers later in this section for more information Adjusting Amplitude To position the waveform for the desired amplitude at the instrument use Autoscale Current Waveform and Set Axis Range Note that the greater the display amplitude the more the waveform fills the display the finer the resolution at the instrument In the case of digital oscilloscopes the waveform sent to the instrument is identical to that displayed up to its volts per division setting Operating Basics Using WaveWriter The WaveWriter The WaveWriter environment is accessed through menus operated by the Window Windows interface The WaveWriter window is discussed here WaveWriter menus are discussed and demonstrated in the Tutorial and Reference sections to follow Waveform Display Area The area of the screen displaying acquired created or modified waveforms is the Waveform Display Area Figure 2 1 When a waveform is created or acquired the displayable range is 0 to 1 Mbyte points even if a longer length is valid for an instrument The waveform display area scrolls through out its range Control Menu Clock Rate
68. on the situation choices that are not possible are grayed in the dialog box Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix G AWG 2000 Series Dialogs and Messages Marker Setup This dialog box appears after the Set Marker button in the Send AWG 2000 dialog box is pressed It allows the user to set the On Off state and position of marker signals See Figure G 4 A marker signal is an instrument output that assumes its on value when waveform output is at particular points Marker Setup Marker 1 Marker 2 O None 3 None cy Start of Wim cy Start of Wim gt End of Wim gt End of Wim Given Position Given Position 10 20 30 100 200 Figure G 4 Marker Setup Dialog Box Marker 1 Marker 2 A maximum of two marker signals can be set for the channel that is currently selected in the Send AWG 2000 dialog box However if the instrument is an AWG 2005 only one marker can be set in each channel and all references to Marker 2 in the dialog box will be grayed Each marker can be set to assume its on value for the duration of specified points in the waveform At all other times it will take its off value None When this button is selected the marker signal is always at its off value Start of Wfm When this button is pressed the marker signal assumes its on value while the first point in the waveform is being output En
69. parameters Display Amplitude The absolute limits are 50mV and 10 00V However these limits only apply when the offset is zero see below for details Offset The offset and the amplitude together must conform to the follow ing relationship Amplitude from 505mV to 10V peak to peak amplitude 2 absolute value of offset 5V Amplitude from 50mV to 500mV peak to peak offset lt 0 75V Time Per Point The absolute limits are 62 5ns and 10s and this is the range that is applied when the user inputs the clock rate to the AFG 310 320 Clock Rate dialog However further limiting of the clock rate may occur when the waveform is sent to the instrument When the selected rate is the Appendix F AFG 310 320 Dialogs and Messages F 4 slowest 10s it will be further limited in all cases except when the number of points sent is the shortest 10 points In general when the number of points sent is N the following expression defines the slowest clock rate limit 100 N Maximum Number of Points The maximum number of points that can be sent to the instrument is 16384 Minimum Number of Points The minimum number of points that can be sent to the instrument is 10 AFG 310 320 Error Messages E1001 Error sending waveform to AFG 300 An error was detected when sending a waveform to the instrument Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1002 All addresses searched No AFG 300 found
70. points preceding Start are set to zero volts Stop defines the end of the waveform Waveform Name Identify the new waveform by entering a DOS com patible file name The Waveform Name edit box appears only when New Waveform is selected in the Action group box OK Select OK to implement the defined parameters and create the square wave Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 69 Creating Waveforms Envelope Tolerance You can create an envelope waveform by adding vertical and or horizontal tolerances to an existing normal or envelope waveform If you are modifying an envelope waveform tolerances are cumulative When you select Enve lope Tolerance from the Create menu the dialog box in Figure 3 39 ap pears Envelope Tolerance Displayed Waveforms Input Waveform Output Envelope Vertical Tolerance K 4 Processing Region oltage Value Entire Waveform Percentage Peak to Peak Between Markers oO Percentage User Defined Digitizing Level Horizontal Tolerance Maximum Tolerance fo Y Seconds Minimum Tolerance fo Y i Figure 3 39 Envelope Tolerance Dialog Box NOTE Double clicking on a n
71. portion of the current waveform between and including the Start and Stop markers The Stop Marker and the data to its right shifts left to align with the Start Marker position The deleted waveform segment is not saved in the edit buffer Inserts a copy of the waveform data from the edit buffer into the current waveform at the Start Marker location Waveform data at the Start Marker and to the right is moved to align with the end of the inserted data This may extend the current waveform beyond its originally defined length The distance between the markers cannot exceed the maximum record length of the target instrument If insertion of data from the edit buffer causes the Stop Marker to go beyond this limit the Stop Marker moves only to the maximum length allowed Reference Replace Between Markers Append to End of Waveform Flip Horizontal Between Markers Flip Vertical Between Markers Editing Waveforms A copy of the waveform data stored in the edit buffer replaces the current waveform between and including the Start and Stop markers If the edit buffer data is longer than the segment being replaced the current waveform extends beyond its originally defined length If the edit buffer data is shorter than the segment being replaced the current waveform is shortened The distance between markers cannot exceed the maximum record length of the target instrument If insertion of data from the edit buffer causes the Stop Mark
72. positions set in the Marker Setup dialog box See Below OK Clicking on OK sends the waveform and sets the selected settings If the length of the waveform is not acceptable to the instrument a dialog box informing the user will be displayed The dialog presents a choice of actions truncating to the closest legal length rounding up to the nearest legal length or cancelling the send and returning to the main menu De pending on the situation choices that are not possible are grayed in the dialog box Cancel Click on Cancel to abort the send and return to the main menu Marker Setup This dialog box appears after the Set Marker button in the Send VX4792 dialog box is pressed It allows the user to set the on off state and position of marker signals See Figure R 4 A marker signal is an instrument output that assumes its on value when waveform output is at particular points Marker Setup Marker 1 Marker 2 None 3 None cy Start of Wim cy Start of Wim gt End of Wim gt End of Wim amp Given Position amp Given Position 10 20 30 Figure R 4 Marker Setup Dialog Box Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix R VX4792 Dialogs and Messages Marker 1 Marker 2 A maximum of two marker signals can be set Each marker can be set to assume its on value for the duration of specified points in the waveform At all other times it will take its off value None When this button is selected the m
73. reselecting this item alternates the two A check mark next the Show Crosshairs selection indicates the crosshairs are cur rently being displayed The cursor X Y coordinate readouts are located in the lower left corner of the Waveform Display Area Background waveforms may be displayed or invisible Selecting and rese lecting this item alternates between the two A check mark next to the Show Multiple Waveforms selection indicates background waveforms are currently being displayed If several waveforms are displayed on screen simultaneously differentiating one waveform from another can be difficult To minimize confusion many display elements can be assigned separate attributes Waveforms in memory can be assigned individual colors and line styles A color and line style can be assigned to the current waveform Tempo rarily overriding any identical attribute assigned to another waveform in memory Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual Displaying Waveforms A color and line style can be assigned to all background waveforms in general Default attributes are used until you specifically assign attrib utes to a waveform m Labels and units in the Waveform Display Area can be assigned a color m The graph background can be assigned a color m The window background can be assigned a color NOTE Select colors with care If the elements of a waveform and back ground are identical the waveform will not be visib
74. system requirements Section 2 Operating Basics Describes the installation procedures and user interface and includes a tutorial Section 3 Reference Provides menu specific details in the following sub sections File Operations Creating Waveforms Processing Wave forms Transferring Waveforms Modifying and Listing Waveforms Section 4 Appendices Provides waveform formats and instrument specific information including error messages Glossary Provides a list of terms with explanations that are specific to WaveWriter Index Preface x Preface Getting Started What This Program Does WaveWriter AWE User Manual Overview WaveWriter is an application program used to create waveforms for ad vanced signal generating and processing instruments Many Tektronix instruments such as arbitrary waveform generators and oscilloscopes with the save on delta feature are enhanced by this program WaveWriter helps users configure waveforms with a minimum of effort With the WaveWriter package you can create new waveforms or edit wave forms acquired from various instrument sources WaveWriter gives you interactive control of the waveform generating process WaveWriter operates within the Microsoft Windows environment Its func tions are divided among the following menus m File Start a new waveform Open and save waveforms Print a hardcopy of the current display Exit WaveWriter Edit Modify an
75. the Maximum edit box 0 in the Minimum edit box In the Action group select the Replace option button In the Horizontal group select the Seconds option button Select the Period check box if it is not empty In the Start Point edit box enter 11 31u In the Stop Point edit box enter 29 73u In the Cycles edit box enter 1 oon Oo oO FF eO In the Delay edit box enter 0 10 In the Pulse Width 50 edit box enter 18 15u Operating Basics WaveWriter AWE User Manual Tutorial 11 In the Transitions 10 90 group select the Pulse Direction Pos option button 12 In the Risetime edit box enter 104 7n 13 In the Falltime edit box enter 104 7n 14 Select both Ramp option buttons The completed Pulse Wave dialog box should appear as shown in Fig ure 2 11 Vertical Horizontal ia Seconds Points Maximum 714 3m Z Start Point Sec Minimum o y EX Stop Point 29 73u Sec 18 4621u See Replace Insert Calculate Period O aa Delay E see D New Waveform Pulse Width 50 Sec Transitions 10 90 Pulse Direction Po Neg Risetime Falltime 104 7n Sec Sec Ramp Sine Ramp Sinet Figure 2 11 Pulse Wave Dialog Box 15 Select OK to add the Line Bar to the waveform The Line Bar should be identical to the positive going 700 mV pulse begin ning at approximately 01 ms and ending at 03 ms as shown in Figu
76. the current waveform to a file in AWG 2020 memory with the following dialog box see Figure G 3 AWG2000 Send Waveform Waveform Portion Destination Waveform SQUARE WFH Entire Waveform Existing Waveform PULSE WFM D Between Markers Output Filter d J Load To Channel Eiperatiar EE Harker Bits Marker 1 10 20 Marker 2 100 2 Channel 1 EJ Output On O Channel 2 O Invert On Chamel 3 C Channet 4 Cl Foree Clock Figure G 3 AWG 2000 Send Waveform Dialog Box Entire Waveform Between Markers These two buttons allow the user to choose between sending all of the selected waveform or only those points between and including the markers The number of points sent must be within certain values and must be a multiple of a certain value The values applied depend on the particular instrument See the Driver Limits section page G 8 of this appendix for details Destination The Destination Waveform edit box initially displays the name of the waveform with the instrument s WFM extension The List box lists all the waveforms currently in the instrument s memory You can change the destination filename to any legal name If you enter the name of a file already in memory WaveWriter asks if you wish to overwrite it Operation Identify any signal processing to be applied to the waveform on Channel 1 For the AWG2005 all the following selections are available G 4 Appendices Appendix G AWG 2000 Serie
77. timing data are affected Voltage If the acquired waveform amplitude exceeds the display window limits the waveform is clipped on the display No data is lost however Clock Rate If the clock rate does not match a warning is displayed and you are prompted for one of the following solutions m Change the clock rate of the incoming waveform to the current clock rate m Massage expand or compresse the incoming waveform to maintain a timing match m Change the current clock rate to match the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instrument this option is grayed out and unavailable Cancel the acquisition and return to the main menu P 4 Appendices Appendix Q TVS 600 Series Dialogs and Messages Setup Dialog Use this dialog box to configure the instrument condition The instrument parameters for acquiring the input signal are set as specified by various controls in this dialog box T5600 Setup Dialog Vertical Rangelp p Coupling Filter Impedance Horizontal Trigger Clock Ey Kode Length Swp Offset Figure P 3 TVS600 Setup Dialog Box Vertical Group CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 These boxes are used to select active channels When a box is checked the channel will be activated to acquire a new record For 2 channel models CH3 and CH4 boxes are grayed Range p p These combo boxes specify the input voltage range in peak to peak value Coupling
78. try again E1002 All addresses searched No AFG 5101 5501 found All primary addresses were checked for the presence of an AFG 5101 5501 and none were found Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1003 Current clock rate is invalid for AFG 5101 5501 Accept upper limit of 999 9 s A clock rate that is above the upper limit for the AFG 5101 5501 was en tered The acceptable range is 100 ns to 999 9 s You are offered the oppor tunity to change the clock rate to the upper limit E1004 Current clock rate is invalid for AFG 5101 5501 Accept lower limit of 100 ns A clock rate that is below the lower limit for the AFG 5101 5501 was entered The acceptable range is 100 ns to 999 9 s You are offered the opportunity to change the clock rate to the lower limit E1006 Waveform exceeds limit for AFG 5101 5501 Must be less than or equal to 8 192 When attempting to send a waveform to the AFG 5101 the waveform size was greater than the maximum record length of 8192 Use the markers to segment off a section of the appropriate size Send the portion between the markers to the instrument E1007 AFG 5101 5501 does not support envelope waveforms You attempted to either save an instrument specific file or send an envelope waveform to the AFG 5101 5501 The instrument does not support envel opes You may want to use Envelope Decouple to break the envelope into two components and save or send them indiv
79. used instead of the 3 19 File Operations 3 20 default extension without verification of the selected Save File as Type file format To set the write path of the file to be exported modify the Directo ries and or Drives list boxes Save File of Type Lists the types of files to which WaveWriter can export waveforms The possible types which the user can select with their customary extensions are as follows AWG2000 WFM WFM The native format used by Sony Tektro nix AWG2000 series Arbitrary Waveform Generators AWG500 600 WFM WFM The native waveform file format used by Sony Tektronix AWG500 series and AWG610 Arbitrary Waveform Generators AWG500 600 PAT PAT The native pattern file format used by Sony Tektronix AWG500 series and AWG610 Arbitrary Waveform Generators ASCII Volts ASC Each point is represented by a voltage written in ASCII characters ASCII Time Volts ASC Each point is represented by a time and a voltage written in ASCII characters ASCII Number Volts PRN Each point is represented by a point number and a voltage written in ASCII characters Refer to Appendix B for details of file formats Directories Lists the resident hierarchical directory structure including parallel directories Used in conjunction with the Drives list box below Use the Directories list box to find directory that contains the file you want to read in To switch
80. value If the waveform was not auto scaled the change in amplitude is proportional to the total value The ampli tude must be within the limits of the target instrument If not WaveWriter will reset the limit Offset Enter an offset value each point of the waveform is modified by this number The offset must be within the limits of the target instrument If not WaveWriter will reset the offset to zero OK Selecting OK applies the new amplitude and offset values to the waveform and display Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close Associate Waveform The Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog box Figure 3 50 configures a target instrument for the current waveform You can also create an identi cal copy of a waveform for the same or a different target instrument with a different waveform name 3 90 Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual Modifying and Listing Waveforms Associate Waveform with Instrument Instrument List Display fo Use Current Amp Offset 11k O Autoscale at middle of Wim T1krs232 2230 awg5105 tds300 awg2070 Figure 3 50 Associate Waveform with Instrument Dialog Box Instrument List Select a target instrument
81. wave forms in memory If there are altered waveforms in memory not previously saved you are given the option to save them before deleting them Step 2 Change the Target Instrument Perform the following steps to designate the target instrument 1 From the Waveforms menu select Associate Waveform The Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog box appears 2 From the nstrument list select AWG2020 The name you select must identify the device driver wawg2020 drv in the Transfer Config ure Instrument list box 3 Select OK 4 lf you are warned that the current clock rate is invalid for the newly selected target instrument select Yes to accept the clock rate offered The WaveWriter title bar denotes the AWG 2020 as the target instrument Step 3 Change the Clock Rate Perform the following steps to set the clock rate 1 From the Waveforms menu select Change Clock Rate The AWG2020 Clock Rate dialog box appears 2 37 Tutorial 2 38 2 Enter 2u in the Time per Point edit box 3 To see the corresponding Frequency value press the TAB or ENTER key The edit box will update with the equivalent value 4 Select OK The Clock readout indicates the new clock rate Step 4 Open a New File To open a new file perform the following steps 1 From the File menu select Open The Open dialog box appears 2 Inthe Directories list box double click awe4 sample In the File Name list box scroll
82. waveform Waveform List Lists the waveforms currently loaded into memory with a check mark next to the currently selected waveform Designate any waveform on the list as the current waveform Use this selection to modify the clock rate of the current waveform Chang ing the clock rate does not alter the waveform shape or size number of points However the time per point or the Waveform Display Area may be modified to reflect the change Selecting Change Clock Rate invokes a dialog box specific to the target instrument See the instrument specific Appendices for examples of these dialog boxes When you enter a clock rate and select OK the Clock readout above the Waveform Display Area updates reflecting the change If the horizontal axis is displayed in seconds the axis label updates to reflect the new rate The Change Amplitude Offset selection modifies the actual point value of the waveform Values are transferred to the instrument with the waveform Do not confuse this command with the Display gt Set Axis Ranges selection that modifies the display scaling without changing the actual waveform Scaled levels do not transfer to the instrument 3 89 Modifying and Listing Waveforms When you select Change Amplitude Offset from the Waveforms menu the dialog box in Figure 3 49 appears Change Amplitude Offset Amplitude Offset Figure 3 49 Change Amplitude Offset Dialog Box Amplitude Enter an amplitude
83. 0 Series instrument and none were found Check the GPIB cables for secure attach ment and try again E1302 XY Mode is not supported Data stored in the Vertical XY mode cannot be read into WaveWriter E1303 Reference memory number is empty You cannot acquire a waveform from an empty reference Chose another reference location or store the desired waveform in the specified location and try again WaveWriter AWE User Manual M 5 Appendix M 2200 Series Dialogs and Messages Appendices Appendix N 2400 Series Dialogs and Messages This appendix describes the dialog boxes and error messages specific to the 2400 series Digital Storage Oscilloscope DSO Change Clock Rate Use the following dialog box see Figure N 1 to change the current clock rate This reassigns the time per point and does not change the waveform shape or size 2400 Series Clock Rate Time Per Division S Time per Point aus S Frequency Points 7 Second CI External Clock ok cma Hee Figure N 1 2400 Series Clock Rate Dialog Box Time Per Division Enter the the time in seconds If no external clock is present the values must be in a 1 2 5 sequence from 2440 instrument 5 s to 2 ns All other 2400 Series instruments 5 s to 5 ns WaveWriter AWE User Manual N 1 Appendix N 2400 Series Dialogs and Messages N 2 If an external clock is present the valid values are 50 ms to 500 ns Time per Point Ente
84. 00 kHz The new equation would be 5 x sin 2 x mx 10 xt In the Equation edit box enter 5 sin 2 pi 10 5 t 10 V Sine Wave To create a 10 V peak to peak 10 kHz sine wave identical to the10 V exam with Offset ple above with a 5 VDC offset WaveWriterJAWE DSO2400 10khz5 File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms Clock 100nS 5usS per div meae ey pope 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 10 Points Figure D 2 10 V Sine Wave with Offset D 2 Appendices Appendix D Sample Equations The equation is 5 5 x sin 2 x mx 104 x t In the Equation edit box enter 5 5 sin 2 pi 10 4 t Exponentially To create a 1 kHz sine wave with a 10 V peak to peak amplitude and expo Decaying Sine Wave nential decay with 10 ms time constant WaveWriterfAWE D502400 decay File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms Clock 100uS 5m5 per div Fe pe 200 600 700 800 900 Figure D 3 Exponentially Decaying Sine Wave Clock 100 us Start 0 pt Stop 999 pt Cycles 100 The equation is 5 x sin 2 x mx 108 x t x exp t 10 2 The 5 represents the amplitude The frequency is calculated based on the clock rate and the points per cycle 1 1000 pt 100 cycles x 100 us 1 kHz or 102 The exponential function starts at 1 and decays to 0 which when multi plied by the sine function changes the amplitude from full scale to zero In the Equation edit box enter 5 sin 2 pi 10
85. 000 Series O 2 2200 Series M 3 2400 Series N 3 AFG2020 E 2 AFG5101 5501 l 2 AFG5102 J 2 AWG2000 Series G 2 AWG500 600 Series H 2 AWG5102 J 2 AWG5105 K 2 TDS Series L 4 TVS6000 Series P 3 VX4790A Q 2 acquire waveform 3 87 add to equation library 3 55 waveforms 3 78 address GPIB 2 12 ADIF 3 9 B 1 B 3 file type 3 8 3 12 AFG2020 acquire waveform E 2 change clock rate E 1 conformance to target E 3 dialogs amp messages E 1 driver limits E 5 error messages E 6 send waveform E 4 AFG310 320 change clock rate F 1 dialogs amp messages F 1 driver limits F 3 error messages F 4 send waveform F 2 AFG5101 5501 acquire waveform l 2 change clock rate l 1 conformance to target I 3 dialogs amp messages I 1 driver limits l 5 error messages l 6 send waveform l 4 index AFG5102 acquire waveform J 2 change clock rate J 1 conformance to target J 3 driver limits J 5 error messages J 6 send waveform J 4 AFG5102 AWG5102 dialogs amp mes sages J 1 AM Glossary 1 amplitude 3 89 display range 2 4 amplitude adjustment 2 4 Analog Data Interchange 3 13 ARB Glossary 1 Arbitrary Function Generator Glossary 1 Arbitrary Waveform Generator Glossa ry 1 ASCIl file type 3 15 3 20 ASCII import option 3 18 associate waveform with instrument 2 12 3 6 3 11 3 90 autoscale 3 34 autoscaling 2 18 AWG2000 Series acquire waveform G 2 change clock ra
86. 11000 Series Dialogs and Messages WaveWriter AWE User Manual This appendix describes the dialog boxes and error messages specific to the 11000 DSA Series oscilloscopes Change Clock Rate Use this dialog box see Figure O 1 to change the current clock rate This reassigns the time per point and does not change the waveform shape or size 11K Clock Rate Time per Point 5 or Frequency Figure O 1 11000 Series Clock Rate Dialog Box Time per Point Enter the time in seconds The valid range is 10 fs to 2s Frequency Enter the frequency in Hz The valid range is 100 THz to 0 5 Hz OK When OK is selected the clock rate is verified for appropriate limits If the specified rate is not a 1 2 5 sequence value you are offered a choice between the next higher and lower valid values When a valid clock rate is entered the clock rate display above the Waveform Display Area updates with the new clock rate If the horizontal axis scale is displayed in seconds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Appendix O 11000 Series Dialogs and Messages Acquire Waveform Use the following dialog box see Figure O 2 to identify the source and destination of the waveform Two types of waveforms are available trace and stored The waveform description stored with the waveform is displayed to help you with the identification A
87. 14 In the Frequency edit box enter 3 586M 15 Select the Calculate Cycles button Cycles is updated based on the parameters entered The value should be 8 89 16 In the Phase edit box enter 0 17 In the Action group select the Replace option button Operating Basics WaveWriter AWE User Manual Tutorial The Sine dialog box appears as shown in Figure 2 9 Vertical Horizontal Max Min Ampl Offset Seconds Points Amplitude 287 5m y I Start Point Pk Pk Pk iJ Stop Point Dd Frequency E Cycles Calculate Cycles D Add Phase Radians New Waveform Tiati e Degrees Figure 2 9 Sine Dialog Box 18 Select OK to create the Blanking Pulse 19 From the Display menu select Zoom In to magnify the waveform created so far 2 25 Tutorial 2 26 The waveform should be similar to that shown in Figure 2 10 20 From the Display menu select Zoom Out to return to the original dis play WaveWritefAWE AWG2020 LESSON2 ADF File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms 6 micro Seconds 269 39m ENE Figure 2 10 Horizontal Blanking Pulse Step 7 Create the Line Bar The second portion of the NTC waveform we are creating is the Line Bar Perform the following steps to add the Line Bar to the existing waveform 1 From the Create menu select Pulse The Pulse Wave dialog box appears 2 Inthe Vertical group enter 714 3m in
88. 2400 Series Dialogs and Messages N 1 Appendix O 11000 Series Dialogs and Messages O 1 Appendix P TVS 600 Series Dialogs and Messages P 1 Appendix Q VX4790A Dialogs and Messages 5 Q 1 Appendix R VX4792 Dialogs and Messages 0 s0 R 1 Glossary Index iv Contents Getting Started Operating Basics Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 2 3 Figure 2 4 Figure 2 5 Figure 2 6 Figure 2 7 Figure 2 8 Figure 2 9 Figure 2 10 Figure 2 11 Figure 2 12 Figure 2 13 Figure 2 14 Figure 2 15 Figure 2 16 Figure 2 17 Figure 2 18 Figure 2 19 Figure 2 20 Figure 2 21 Figure 2 22 Figure 2 23 Figure 2 24 Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 List of Figures WaveWriter Window Elements 000 00 2 5 Configure Instrument Dialog Box 005 2 12 AWG 2000 Clock Rate Dialog Box 2 13 Set Axis Ranges Dialog BOX 2 0 0c eee eee 2 15 Different Clock Rate Dialog Box 0004 2 16 Waveform Display Area 00 cece eee ee 2 17 Waveform Summary List Box 0002 eee ee 2 19 NTC 7 Composite Test Signal 004 2 21 Sine Dialog BOX 0 00 cece eee eee 2 25 Horizontal Blanking Pulse 0 00 eee 2 26 Pulse Wave Dialog Box 00 e cece eee 2 27 Equation for 2T Puls
89. 4 Figure 3 35 Ramp vs Sine2 1 0 0 2 cee 3 65 Figure 3 36 Square Wave Dialog Box 0000 cece eeee 3 66 Figure 3 37 Square Timing Parameters 000000 eee 3 68 Figure 3 38 Ramp vs Sine2 ccc eee 3 69 Figure 3 39 Envelope Tolerance Dialog Box 45 3 70 Figure 3 40 Envelope Couple Dialog Box 22 0005 3 72 Figure 3 41 Envelope Decouple Dialog Box 4 3 74 Figure 3 42 Add Scalar to Current Waveform Dialog Box 3 77 Figure 3 43 Add Waveforms Dialog Box 00 005 3 79 Figure 3 44 Associate Waveform with Instrument Dialog Box 3 81 Figure 3 45 Configure Instrument Dialog Box 3 83 Figure 3 46 Configure Instrument Dialog Box when using a COM Port 3 85 Figure 3 47 RS232 Communications Dialog Box 3 86 Figure 3 48 Acquire Waveform Dialog Box 00 00 3 87 vi Contents Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual List of Figures Figure 3 49 Change Amplitude Offset Dialog Box Figure 3 50 Associate Waveform with Instrument Dialog Box Figure 3 51 Clear Waveform s Dialog Box 2 05 Figure 3 52 Rename Waveform Dialog Box 05 Figure 3 53 Waveforms Summary Dialog Box Figure 3 54 Waveform Detail Dialog Box 0 ee eee Figure 3 55 Waveforms Menu 0 cee eee eee eee Figur
90. 5 See sample equation DSX 2 on Page D 5 for use C 2 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix C Equation Library DSXmin2 331 exp 1 9 t 158 4 10 9 1 02 See sample equation DSX 2 on Page D 5 for use expdecay exp t 5 10 2 Expdecay is an exponentially decaying waveform time shifted to have a value of 1 att 0 5s View at Amp 200 V Offset 0 V Start 450 ms Stop 700 ms Clock 1 ms Edit 5 to change the time shift Edit 1072 to change the time constant larger constant slower decay NOTE Create this function from 0 5 s to the end only The first half second will be filled with O s expSine 5 sin 2 pi 10 3 t exp t 10 2 ExpSine is an exponentially decaying sine wave with a frequency of 1 kHz a 5 volt peak amplitude and a decaying time constant of 10 ms View at Amp 10 V Offset 0 V Start 0 s Stop 50 ms Clock 100 us Edit the 5 to change the peak amplitude of the sine wave Edit 103 to change the frequency of the sine wave Edit 1072 to change the time constant of the decay FMstereo sin 80 pi t pi 97 cos 80 pi t pi 20 FMstereo is a FM modulated signal The carrier is a 40 Hz sine wave with a 0 97 VDC offset The signal is a 2 Hz cosine wave View at Amp 4 V Offset 0 V Start 0 s Stop 500 ms Clock 500 us Edit 80 to change the frequency of the carrier sine wave Edit 97 to
91. 500a_drv Primary wawg5105 drv E wgenetic dry 3 wtds300a dry Secondary wtds400a dry wtds500a dry Figure 3 45 Configure Instrument Dialog Box Each instrument name in the top list box is associated with a Driver commu nication Port communication Address and driver Version number To modify an entry click on the instrument Name Selecting the entry highlights the line and places its associated parameters in the appropriate edit boxes Select the Change button to designate an edit as permanent part of the configura tion list If Name represents a new instrument click the Add button to ap pend the list 3 83 Transferring Waveforms 3 84 NOTE WaveWriter includes a general purpose driver wgeneric drv for reading in arbitrary ADIF and Comma Separated files and creating waveforms Driver limits for amplitude offset clock rate and record size are set to the maximum limits The driver wgeneric drv is associated with the NO BUS protocol You cannot acquire send waveforms or read write ISF files All other functions can be used Name Use this edit box to create or modify names that uniquely identify each instrument and its configuration You can enter up to 12 alphanumeric characters for each name Selecting an entry from the Configuration List displays the instrument name in this edit box you can accept it or modify it Driver Lists the software device drivers available to support various instruments Hig
92. 600 Series Clock Rate Dialog Box P 1 Figure P 2 TVS600 Series Acquire Dialog Box P 3 Figure P 3 TVS600 Setup Dialog Box 0 cee ee eee P 5 Figure P 4 TVS600 Series Instrument Dependent Detail Dialog Box P 7 Figure Q 1 VX4790A Clock Rate Dialog Box Q 1 Figure Q 2 VX4790A Acquire Waveform Dialog Box Q 2 Figure Q 3 VX4790A Send Dialog Box 000 Q 4 Figure R 1 VX4792 Clock Rate Dialog Box 02 5 R 1 Figure R 2 Acquire AWG 2000 Dialog Box 205 R 2 Figure R 3 VX4792 Send Dialog Box 00 cece eee R 4 Figure R 4 Marker Setup Dialog Box 000 cece eee R 6 viii Contents Preface The purpose of this manual is to explain the Sony Tektronix software pack age WaveWriter AWE Using WaveWriter engineers may create edit and display various waveforms with ease and accuracy They may also retrieve and store data to and from external devices allowing the exchange of waveforms among different platforms WaveWriter is a Microsoft Windows based application and as such pro vides a friendly user interface The Sony Tektronix and Tektronix instruments currently supported by WaveWriter are described on page 1 4 About this Manual This manual contains the following sections and appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Section 1 Getting Started Provides general information about
93. 68 Use the markers to segment off a section of the appropriate size Send the waveform portion between the markers to the instrument E1007 AFG 5102 5502 does not support envelope waveforms You attempted to either save an instrument specific file or send the wave form to the AFG 5102 5502 The instrument does not support envelopes You may want to use Envelope Decouple to break the envelope into two components and save tor send them individually E1008 Number of points to send Beginning Address exceeds 32768 When attempting to send a waveform to the AFG 5102 5502 the beginning address specified plus the number of waveform points selected exceeds the maximum record length of 32768 Either change the beginning address to a smaller value or move the markers to alter the number of points being sent Appendices Appendix K AWG5105 Dialogs and Messages This appendix describes the dialog boxes and error messages specific to the AWG 5105 Change Clock Rate Use the following dialog box see Figure K 1 to change the current clock rate This reassigns the time per point and does not change the waveform size or shape AYG 5105 Clock Rate Time per Point 5 or Frequency Figure K 1 AWG 5105 Clock Rate Dialog Box Time per Point Enter the time per point in seconds The valid range is 20 ns to 150 s Frequency Enter the frequency in Hz The valid range is 6 67 to 50 MHz Frequency for the AWG 5105 is
94. 99 range The number you entered was invalid Reenter a value within the range Appendices Appendix L TDS Series Dialogs and Messages This appendix describes the dialog boxes and error messages specific to the TDS series Digital Storage Oscilloscopes DSO The TDS500 Series instrument dialog boxes are used as examples in the following discussion TDS Series instruments having different requirements or limits are specifical ly noted Change Clock Rate Use the following dialog box see Figure L 1 to change the current clock rate This reassigns the time per point and does not change the waveform shape or size TDS Series Clock Rate Time Per Division Time per Point Frequency Points 7 Second Figure L 1 TDS Series Clock Rate Dialog Box Time Per Division Enter the time in seconds The values must be in a 1 2 5 sequence from TDS200 Series 1 ns div to 5 s div TDS300 Series 1 ns div to 5 s div TDS400 Series 1 ns div to 20 s div TDS500 Series 500 ps div to 10 s div WaveWriter AWE User Manual L 1 Appendix L TDS Series Dialogs and Messages TDS620 Series 500 ps div to 5 s div TDS640 Series 500 ps div to 5 s div TDS680 Series 200 ps div to 2 s div TDS700 Series 200 ps div to 10 s div TDS800 Series 20 ps div to 2 us div Time per Point Enter the time in seconds The values must correspond to a time per division value in a 1 2 5 sequence and be within range for the instrument TDS200 Series
95. All Waveforms button NOTE Clear Waveform s is grayed and unavailable if there are no wave forms in memory If there are altered waveforms in memory not previously saved you are given the option to save them before deleting them Step 2 Change the Default Target Instrument to the AWG 2020 Perform the following steps to designate the target instrument 1 From the Waveforms menu select Associate Waveform The Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog box appears 2 Select the AWG2020 defined in Lesson 1 from the Instrument List 3 Select OK 4 Ifyou are warned that the current clock rate is invalid for the newly selected target instrument select OK to accept the clock rate offered Note that the WaveWriter title bar displays AWG2020 as the target instru ment Step 3 Change the Clock Rate Perform the following steps to change the clock rate 1 From the Waveforms menu select Change Clock Rate The AWG2020 Clock Rate dialog box appears 2 Enter 34 9n in the Time per Point edit box 3 Select OK The Clock readout just below Help in the Menu Bar indicates the new clock rate 34 9nS Operating Basics WaveWriter AWE User Manual Tutorial Step 4 Create a New Waveform Perform the following steps to create a new waveform 1 From the File menu select New The Associate New Waveform with Instrument dialog box appears 2 Select OK to associate the new waveform with the AWG 2020 The associat
96. Class personal computer 4 MB memory However refer to the table in page 1 3 for further memory size information 40 MB hard disk Getting Started WaveWriter AWE User Manual Overview A graphics monitor interface preferably an EGA or VGA adapter A CGA adapter will run in high resolution mode but it displays in monochrome A monochrome graphics adapter Hercules or compatible will run with Windows but a color adapter is recommended for the sake of clearly separating screen information For use with GPIB instruments you will need a National Instruments GPIB interface card and interface library When using NI VXI NI MXI or GPIB VXI you will need the VISA Library Microsoft Windows Version 3 1 The amount of memory recommended for the minimum configuration is insufficient for waveforms longer than 64K points You should match your system s memory with the length of the waveforms that you intend to manip ulate according the table below Number of Points Minimum Memory Recommended Memory 64K 4MB 8MB 1M 8MB 12MB 2M 12MB 24MB 4M 24MB 32MB Optional Equipment Adding a math coprocessor to your PC will enhance the performance of WaveWriter Although WaveWriter and Windows may be run from the keyboard a mouse is highly recommended Overview 1 4 Supported Instruments Currently the following Tektronix instruments are supported by WaveWriter Version 5 0 AFG 2020 Arbitrary Function G
97. Create New Waveform Figure Q 2 VX4790A Acquire Waveform Dialog Box Source VX4790 The Source is the location in the instrument from which waveform data is to be copied to WaveWriter When the Paged Memory box is checked the source will be one of the pages in memory where the number of the page is the number entered in the Page Number box The range for the page number will be at the very least 1 to 4 but depending on the options included in your VX4790A the upper limit may be greater If Paged Memory is not checked the entire memory will be used as the source and the Page Number box will be grayed NOTE When the whole memory is selected as the source data is copied from the start of memory up to the first occurrence of an end of data flag or the end of memory which ever occurs first When paged memory is selected data is copied from the start of the selected page up to the first occurrence of an end of data flag or the end of the page which ever occurs first Appendices Appendix Q VX4790A Dialogs and Messages It is not possible for WaveWriter to know whether the instrument memory contains meaningful data Copying will be done according to the rules described above regardless of whether any data has been written into the selected source location Destination Wave Writer You have a choice of how to store the acquired waveform Replace Current Waveform The current waveform is overwrit ten by the acqui
98. Dialog Box Figure J 3 Send AFG 5102 5502 Dialog Box 2 Figure K 1 AWG 5105 Clock Rate Dialog Box Figure K 2 Acquire AWG 5105 Dialog Box 0005 Figure K 3 Send AWG 5105 Dialog Box 000 ee eee Figure L 1 TDS Series Clock Rate Dialog Box Figure L 2 Acquire TDS Series Dialog Box Figure L 3 Send TDS Series Dialog Box 2 5 Figure L 4 TDS Series Instrument Dependent Detail Dialog Box Figure M 1 2200 Series Clock Rate Dialog Box Figure M 2 Acquire 2200 Series Dialog Box 3 90 3 91 3 92 3 93 3 94 3 95 3 97 D 1 D 2 D 3 D 4 E 1 E 2 E 4 F 1 G 1 G 2 G 4 G 7 H 1 H 2 H 4 H 6 H 7 l 1 l 2 l 4 J 1 J 2 J 4 K 1 K 2 K 4 L 1 L 4 L 6 L 8 M 1 M 3 vii List of Figures Figure N 1 2400 Series Clock Rate Dialog Box N 1 Figure N 2 Acquire 2400 Series Dialog Box 2 N 3 Figure N 3 Send 2400 Series Dialog Box 2200205 N 5 Figure N 4 2400 Series Instrument Dependent Detail Dialog Box N 6 Figure O 1 11000 Series Clock Rate Dialog Box O 1 Figure O 2 Acquire 11000 Series Dialog Box 0 2 Figure O 3 11000 Send Waveform Dialog Box 0 5 Figure O 4 11000 Series Instrument Dependent Detail Dialog Box 0 6 Figure P 1 TVS
99. E1400 All addresses searched No 11000 or DSA found All primary addresses were checked for the presence of an 11000 or DSA and none were found Check the GPIB or RS232 cables for secure attach ment and try again E1401 Error acquiring waveform from 11000 DSA DSO An error was detected when acquiring a waveform from a 11000 DSO Check the GPIB or RS232 cables for secure attachment and try again E1402 Error acquiring preamble from 11000 DSA DSO An error was detected when acquiring a preamble from an 11000 DSO Check the GPIB or RS232 cables for secure attachment and try again E1403 GPIB Error Unable to communicate with device at address number Unable to communicate over the GPIB bus Verify that all cables are secure ly attached E1404 No valid sources available There are no traces defined and there are no stored waveforms Apply an input source to the oscilloscope and try again Appendix O 11000 Series Dialogs and Messages E1405 Invalid source selected The waveform selected for transfer is no longer available on the oscillo scope Check the available sources and try again E1406 Error sending waveform to 11000 DSA DSO An error was detected when sending a waveform to a 11000 DSO Check the GPIB or RS232 cables for secure attachment and try again E1408 Waveform exceeds limit for 11000 DSA Must be less than or equal to 16383 points The waveform selected for transfer is larg
100. Figure L 2 to acquire a waveform from a TDS Se ries oscilloscope You can acquire a waveform from channels 1 through 4 reference memories 1 through 4 or math waveforms 1 thru 3 If a waveform selection is grayed out CH1 4 MATH1 3 REF 1 4 verify that it is proper ly allocated or selected You are prompted for the following information before acquiring the wave form Acquire TDS Series Location CO REF MATHE C REF MATH O REFR O MATHS O HEE Cy Replace Current Waveform Create New Waveform Name Figure L 2 Acquire TDS Series Dialog Box Location Specifies the desired acquisition channel CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 REF1 REF2 REF3 REF4 MATH1 MATH2 or MATHS Replace Current Waveform Overwrites the current waveform with the acquired waveform The acquired waveform record length is the new current record length Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix L TDS Series Dialogs and Messages Create New Waveform Prompts for a new waveform name The ac quired waveform becomes the current waveform The previous current waveform is now a background waveform Name Enter a valid name for the waveform being acquired OK When OK is selected the waveform is acquired loaded into memory and displayed as the current waveform Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Conformance to Target If the acquired waveform data does n
101. Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close The Send command transfers either the entire current waveform or a de fined portion as set by the Start and Stop markers to the target instrument Selecting Send invokes a dialog box specific to the target instrument and current waveform See the Appendices at the end of this manual from Ap pendix E to the end of the manual for details of instrument specific dialogs Reference Modifying and Listing Waveforms Change Clock Rate Change Amplitude Offset WaveWriter AWE User Manual The Waveforms menu provides the following selections for listing wave forms and setting parameters Change Clock Rate Sets the clock rate of the current waveform Change Amplitude Offset Sets the amplitude and offset of the current waveform Associate Waveform Associates the current waveform with a target instrument Rename Waveform Changes the name of a waveform Clear Waveform s Deletes all or selected waveforms from memory Waveform Summary Lists all waveforms currently loaded into memory and some basic parameters Waveform Detail Provides a sub menu listing of all waveforms cur rently loaded in memory Selecting from the sub menu provides a de tailed summary of the characteristics of each
102. Hz 5 MHz 1MHz and Through full pass Clock Src Allows the user to select the instrument s internal clock or the external clock connection If INTERNAL is selected the instrument s clock is set to the clock rate of the current waveform Operation If EXT AM is selected the signal at the instrument s external AM input will amplitude modulate the output Trigger This allows trigger conditions to be set Polarity The trigger polarity can be set to POSITIVE or NEG ATIVE Slope The trigger slope can be set to POSITIVE or NEGATIVE m Level The voltage level that will cause a trigger The permitted range is 5 0 to 5 0 Impedance The trigger impedance can be set HIGH of LOW Marker Bits This is used to set whether and when marker signals are output by the instrument Marker 1 and Marker 2 show the current On Off state of the markers Clicking on the Set Marker button causes the Marker WaveWriter AWE User Manual R 5 Appendix R VX4792 Dialogs and Messages Setup dialog box to be displayed allowing the user to input marker signal state and position settings See below for a description of the Marker Setup dialog box NOTE Marker signals should not be confused with WaveWriter s marker flags they are entirely different things The Between Markers button page R 4 and Marker Bits have no connection with each other Nor do marker flag positions have any effect on marker signal
103. Hz to 20 GHz External Clock Indicates that an external clock is to be used OK When OK is selected the clock rate is verified for appropriate limits If you are not using an external clock and the specified rate is not a 1 2 5 sequence you are offered a choice between the next higher and lower valid values When a valid clock rate is entered the clock rate display above the Waveform Display Area updates with the new clock rate If the horizontal axis scale is displayed in seconds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix M 2200 Series Dialogs and Messages Acquire Waveform Use this dialog box see Figure M 2 to acquire a waveform from a 2200 series instrument You may acquire a waveform from channel 1 channel 2 or reference memories 1 through 4 You are prompted for the following information before acquiring the wave form Acquire 2200 Series Location GEE O BERS O REZ O REFA O Replace Current Waveform Create New Waveform Name Figure M 2 Acquire 2200 Series Dialog Box Location Specifies the desired acquisition channel CH1 CH2 REF1 REF2 REF3 or REF4 Replace Current Waveform Overwrites the current waveform with the acquired waveform The acquired waveform record length is the new current record length Create New Waveform Prompts
104. New from the File menu the dialog box in Figure 3 1 appears Associate New VYaveform with Instrument WaveWriter AWE User Manual Instrument List Vertical Display Pk Pk Offset 1 dv Figure 3 1 Associate New Waveform with Instrument Dialog Box File Operations Use the Associate New Waveform with Instrument dialog box to associate an instrument with the new waveform and to define the amplitude and offset used in the display area Instrument List Associate the new waveform with a target instrument by making a selection from the list Max Min Enter the desired highest and lowest voltage levels for the vertical display Values should not be greater than those allowed by the target instrument Amplitude Pk Pk Enter the peak to peak vertical display voltage in the Amplitude edit box Values should not exceed those allowed by the target instrument Offset Enter the vertical external offset voltage in the Offset edit box Values should not exceed those allowed by the target instrument OK Associate the specified instrument with the new waveform When the New dialog box Figure 3 2 is completed in the next step the display is adjusted to the parameters specified in the dialog box Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text
105. OMER S PAYMENT AS APPLICABLE IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO CUSTOMER FOR BREACH OF EITHER WARRANTY TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER TEKTRONIX OR THE VENDOR HAS ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Table of Contents Table of Contents 00ccee scence eee aa i List Of FIQUIES 6 62 6 ordained Aani AAN Dae et ak ek tee v Preface seit eee Aa ee ee ein ix About this Manual 0 0ce cece cere eee eee ix Getting Started OVOFVIOW nce ee it ek Sedat Sahl let de eat aed wd il ing 1 1 What This Program Does 02 e cece eee eee eens 1 1 What You Get With This Program 0000eeeeeee eee 1 2 What You Need to Run This Software 2 00eeees 1 2 Operating Basics Installation 2 3 joie eel dnd teed Bite ea dad 2 1 Software Installation 00ce eee e eee eee eee 2 1 Configuring GPIB ccc cece eee eee eee 2 2 Using WaveWriter 0c cece eee eee ee eee eee eeeee 2 3 Using Windows 2 0 ce cece eee eee eee eee nee 2 3 WaveWriter Concepts 00c cece cece eens 2 3 The WaveWriter Window 00 ee cece eee ene eeneeee 2 5 Setting Characteristics 000 cece eee eee eee 2 7 Tutorial sciences cotati eee eaten en as La weno eats 2 9 Lesson 1 System Fundamentals 000eeeeeees 2 10 Lesson 2 Creating and Saving a TV Signal Waveform
106. Option02 1 048 576 points 16 pages VX4790A Error Messages E1000 Error acquiring waveform from VX4790 An error was detected when acquiring a waveform from the instrument Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1001 Error sending waveform to VX4790 An error was detected when sending a waveform to the instrument Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1002 No VX4790A found on the bus You tried to use an instrument that is not a VX4790A Check that the instru ment s address setting on the board is correct and is the same as the address being used by WaveWriter See the Configure Instruments selection in the Transfer menu in WaveWriter s main menu E1003 Clock rate too slow Accept limit A clock rate that was outside the slowest limit for the instrument 1 33s was entered You are offered the choice of changing the rate to the slowest value E1004 Clock rate too fast Accept limit A clock rate that was outside the fastest limit for the instrument 40ns was entered You are offered the choice of changing the rate to the fastest value E1006 Waveform too long You tried to save a waveform that was too long for the instrument in an ISF file E1007 Envelope not supported You attempted to send an envelope waveform to the instrument The VX4790A does not support envelopes You may wish to use Envelope De couple to break the envelope into tw
107. Resolution The current waveform can be modified to simulate a lower vertical resolu tion When Vertical Resolution is selected the dialog box in Figure 3 15 appears Specify the lower number bit level Yertical Resolution Current Waveform Step Resolution 16 Bits Simulated Step Resolution Processing Region Entire Waveform Between Markers Figure 3 15 Vertical Resolution Dialog Box Current Waveform Step Resolution Lists the current waveform step resolution in bits Simulated Step Resolution Specify the desired vertical resolution to simulate in bits The number must be less than the Current Waveform Step Resolution Once the bit level has been modified it cannot be returned to a higher level resolution Previous waveform data cannot be recov ered Always save the higher bit level waveform if the data needs to be retained WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 29 Editing Waveforms 3 30 Processing Region Specify the length of the waveform affected by the vertical resolution change Entire Waveform The entire waveform Between Markers That portion of the waveform between and includ ing the markers OK Rescales the specified processing region to the new bit levels Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entir
108. Source The clock source can be selected from INTERNAL The instrument s own clock This will be set to the waveform clock rate EXTERNAL The EXT CLK input socket on the instrument BACKPLANE One of the TTLTRGn connections on the back plane This allows the instrument to serve as a slave clocked by another instrument on the VXI bus Output To Back Plane If Sources is not set to BACKPLANE this button is grayed Selecting this button causes the instrument s clock signal to be output from one of TTLTRGn connections on the back plane This allows the instrument to serve as a master for clocking other instruments on the VXI bus WaveWriter AWE User Manual Q 7 Appendix Q VX4790A Dialogs and Messages Connection When Source is set to BACKPLANE this is used to select which TTLTRG backplane connection serves as the clock source For other sources this box is grayed unless Output To Back plane is selected In that case it is used to select the backplane connection from which the clock signal will be output When back plane connections are being used by both Clock and Trigger see above WaveWriter will not allow the same connection for both NOTE When INTERNAL and Output To Backplane are selected the user must additionally connect the front pane SMP CLK output socket to the EXT CLK input socket OK Clicking on OK sends the waveform to the instrument and sets the various settings in the
109. Stop Marker flag is marked with lt lt The precise location of the markers is displayed in the upper left corner of the window Marker Positions The distance between the markers never exceeds the maximum record length of the target instrument If the Stop Marker is dragged past this length it will pull the Start Marker with it The same applies in the other direction the Start Marker will also pull the Stop Marker The Markers Positions readouts display either points or seconds to match the waveform display See Set Axis Ranges in the Display menu To adjust the markers with the Mouse 1 Click and hold the left mouse button on the marker you wish to move 2 Drag the marker horizontally to the desired position 3 Release the mouse button To adjust the markers from the Keyboard 1 TAB to a Start or Stop Marker The selected marker flashes once 2 Press the SPACEBAR or ENTER key to activate the marker Use the Left and Right cursor keys to position the marker Operating Basics Setting Characteristics Using WaveWriter 3 Press the SPACEBAR or ENTER key to set the marker You can also set markers to absolute coordinates with the Display Set Markers menu Cursor and Crosshair Coordinates The precise location of the pointer or crossbar cursors whichever is se lected is displayed in the lower left corner of the window The X readout displays either points or seconds to match the waveform displa
110. The highest and lowest amplitude levels of a waveform If you enter a maximum and minimum level offset is calculated as the level half way between Max and Min and Amplitude is set to Max minus Min Frequency Period Determined by the number of points in a waveform and the specified clock rate The calculation is based on Start Point Stop Point or the number of Cycles by menu selection 3 49 Creating Waveforms Pulse Width The time interval a pulse is at 50 or more of its peak amplitude Calculation is based on Start Point Stop Point and Cycles See Figure 3 24 Pulse Width Rise Time Fall Time Figure 3 24 Timing Parameters Cycles The number of times the waveform alternates through its starting point Calculation is based on Start Point Stop Point and Frequency Phase Specifies the waveform starting point expressed as an angular deviation from a reference point Can be expressed in degrees or radians Start Point The position in time or points at which the waveform be gins Calculation is based on Stop Point Frequency and Cycles The Start Point is different from and does not necessarily coincide with the Start Marker Stop Point The position in time or points at which the waveform ends Calculation is based on Start Point Frequency and Cycles The Stop Point is different from and does not necessarily coincide with the Stop Marker Rise Fall Type Positive and negative goi
111. The names of the non volatile memories become selectable when Store in Memory is selected Selected Waveform to Channel 1 Sends the waveform and its fre quency amplitude and offset parameters to Channel 1 in the instrument Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix F AFG 310 320 Dialogs and Messages Turn Channel 1 On Enables output of the transmitted waveform from Channel 1 This item is grayed if Selected Waveform to Channel 1 is not selected Channel 1 Phase Used to set the phase of the output when waveform is output from channel 1 Must be between 360 and 360 degrees This item is grayed if Selected Waveform to Channel 1 is not selected Selected Waveform to Channel 2 Sends the waveform and its fre quency amplitude and offset parameters to Channel 2 in the instrument Turn Channel 2 On Enables output of the transmitted waveform from Channel 2 This item is grayed if Selected Waveform to Channel 2 is not selected Channel 2 Phase Used to set the phase of the output when waveform is output from channel 2 Must be between 360 and 360 degrees This item is grayed if Selected Waveform to Channel 2 is not selected OK When you select OK the waveform is sent to the instrument Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Driver Limits This driver uses the limits given below to validate the parameters for send operations and checking display
112. User Manual SONY Tektronix WavewWriter AWE Arbitrary Waveform Editor 070 8401 08 This document supports software version 4 01E and above First Printing Jun 2000 Copyright Sony Tektronix Corporation Copyright Tektronix Inc All rights reserved Licensed software products are owned by Tektronix or its suppliers and are protected by United States copyright laws and international treaty provisions Use duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 or subparagraphs c 1 and 2 of the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52 227 19 as applicable Tektronix products are covered by U S and foreign patents issued and pending Information in this publication supercedes that in all previously published material Specifications and price change privileges reserved Printed in the Japan Sony Tektronix Corporation P O Box 5209 Tokyo Int l Tokyo 100 31 Japan Tektronix Inc P O Box 1000 Wilsonville OR 97070 1000 TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix Inc MS DOS and Microsoft are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Windows and Windows 95 are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation PC AT is a trademark of International Business Machines Inc SOFTWARE WARRANTY SUMMARY Tektronix warrants that its software prod
113. V Time per Point The valid range for the clock rate is TVS621 1 ns pt to 0 2 s pt TVS625 200 ps pt to 0 2 s pt TVS641 1 ns pt to 0 2 s pt TVS645 200 ps pt to 0 1 s pt Maximum Number of Points The maximum number of points is 30000 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix Q TVS 600 Series Dialogs and Messages TVS600 Series Error Messages The error messages specific to TVS600 series are listed below These mes sages are common to all types in the series although each type has different capabilities When an error results from a limit being exceeded the value of the limit may not be included in the message The user can refer to Driver Limits page P 8 to resolve these problems E1100 Error acquiring waveform from the instrument An error was detected when acquiring a waveform from a TVS600 Check the configuration and try again E1102 No TVS600 instrument was found The configured address was checked for the presence of a TVS600 and none were found Check the configuration and try again E1104 The instrument cannot run at clock rates slower than the limit lt value gt The clock rate for the waveform is too slow where the slowest possible value is given by lt value gt Set the clock rate within the limit and try again E1108 ISF format is not supported by this driver The Instrument Specific Format for TVS600 series does not exist at present The ADF file may be the one you
114. Vertical Horizontal Max Min Ampl Offset Seconds Points Pk Pk Offset 0 dV Figure 3 16 Set Axis Ranges Dialog Box 3 32 Reference Displaying Waveforms Vertical To set the vertical scale select either the Max Min or Amp Offset option button m f Max Min is selected enter the maximum and minimum peak values for the vertical axes in the Max and Min edit boxes For example 2 5 Vmax tO 2 5 Vmin is 5 volts peak to peak f Amp Offset is selected enter the peak to peak amplitude in the Amplitude Pk Pk edit box A 5 V entry is 2 5 V peak to 2 5 V peak Enter a positive or negative vertical offset in the Offset edit box if desired WaveWriter queries each target instrument for its valid range of Amplitude Offset values The display range is then mapped to the full vertical resolution of each instrument when sending or receiving files Horizontal To set the horizontal scale select either Seconds or Points Figure 3 16 shows the Points option button selected The Start and Stop edit boxes define the horizontal limits of the Waveform Display Area Since Points is selected in Figure 3 16 the units describing the edit boxes is Pts If Seconds were selected Sec would be displayed Selection of Seconds or Points also affects the horizontal axis label the Start and Stop marker readouts and the X coordinate readout in WaveWriter s main window OK Sets the vertical and horizontal
115. a particular file group with a wild card in the File Name edit box For example to list only files having a BIN extension enter BIN List Files of Type Lists the types of files from which WaveWriter can import waveforms The possible types with their customary extension are as follows TDS WFM WFM A format used by Tektronix TDS series digital scopes TDS ASCII DAT Another format used by Tektronix TDS series digital scopes but the contents of these files are written in ASCII characters Certain waveform parameters placed at the top of the files are recognized by WaveWriter AWG2000 WFM WFM The format used by Sony Tektronix AWG2000 series Arbitrary Waveform Generators The format of these files is different from that of TDS WFM files only the customary extension is the same Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual File Operations AWG500 600 WFM WFM The format used by Sony Tektronix AWG500 600 series Arbitrary Waveform Generators The format of these files is different from that of AWG2000 WFM files only the customary extension is the same AWG500 600 PAT PAT The format used by Sony Tektronix AWG500 600 series Arbitrary Waveform Generators The format of these files is used for pattern data file IQSIM ASCII I Q A format written in ASCII characters produced by signal processing applications such as IQSIM by R amp S BINARY BIN These
116. a single voltage value When Time Volt is selected data is read assuming each point is represented by a time fol lowed by a voltage When Number Volt is selected a point number followed by a voltage is assumed Clock Frequency The default clock rate is initially displayed You can edit it to show the desired clock frequency If the Time Volt data format is selected the clock rate is derived from the time values in the file and the Clock Frequency edit box is grayed Leading Skip These parameters are useful for ignoring unwanted file header information m Lines The number of lines to be ignored from the top of the input file Items The number of data items tokens to be ignored after the above number of lines have been skipped OK Proceed to the Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog and after that read in the waveform data Cancel Cancel the Import command Data Nonconformance If the parameters of the waveform you are attempting to load do not match those of the target instrument several things may occur Vertical If the waveform amplitude exceeds the current axis range the display will be clipped Use the Display gt Autoscale Current Waveform menu to rescale the display no data is lost If the waveform amplitude exceeds the maximum range of the target instrument Autoscale Current Reference Export WaveWriter AWE User Manual File Operations Waveform sets the verti
117. a snesena a wise Tee nwa teat NOOraW eeo le dae seg ee one cle eres See gel Pelle ee ee Freehand errs erria creia EUERE en cow tates ae ee Horizomal esa ie eeepc eine epe eben eet tie ne Hee eee ne be ele A Verticals EKKE eee bee eS a ee ets AVOINE ae ie scan ee a a a a ae Se eee Ae a Envelope Max Don t Care 00cceeee eee eee eens Envelope Min Don t Care 0 00e eee e eee eee e eee Envelope Max 200 cece cece ee eee eee teen eee enees Envelope Min 22 cece ccc e ee eee eee eee eee eee eens Creating Waveforms 00ccee eee ee ee eee eee eee Equation orek os ra ankra tiay aRar RAEE ENER ERA Sine 3 12 3 14 3 19 3 21 3 22 3 22 3 23 3 23 3 24 3 24 3 24 3 24 3 24 3 25 3 25 3 25 3 25 3 26 3 29 3 31 3 31 3 31 3 31 3 32 3 32 3 34 3 38 3 38 3 38 3 41 3 42 3 42 3 43 3 44 3 45 3 46 3 47 3 48 3 48 3 49 3 53 3 58 Contents Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Triangle 2 0eeeeeeeeee PUISE ores rinra are eee e eens Square iia tees Envelope Tolerance Envelope Couple Envelope Decouple Processing Waveforms Add Scalar Multiply by Scalar Table of Contents Add Subtract Multiply Divide Waveforms Modifying and Listing Waveforms Change Clock Rate Change Amplitude OffSet iced id Associate Waveform Clear Waveform s Rename Waveform
118. alog box select the Control menu box then select Close 3 40 Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual Drawing Waveforms The Draw menu provides tools for modifying waveforms Waveforms can be new opened acquired or created The tools are simple to use and can help you create precise and repeatable waveform segments Selections in the Draw menu are Nodraw The initial and default state Freehand A waveform segment is defined by moving the cursor m Horizontal Similar to Freehand except a line segment can only be defined in a horizontal direction from its start point Vertical Similar to Freehand except a line segment can only be defined in a vertical direction from its start point Autoline A waveform segment is defined by Start and Stop points Envelope Max Don t Care Similar to Horizontal defines an upper limit don t care voltage acceptance range envelope waveforms only Envelope Min Don t Care Similar to Horizontal defines a lower limit don t care voltage acceptance range envelope waveforms only Envelope Max Specifies the waveform envelope upper limit to be drawn envelope waveforms only Envelope Min Specifies the waveform envelope lower limit to be drawn envelope waveforms only You can use one Draw menu selection at a time unless working with a waveform envelope With waveform envelopes identify the portion of the envelope to be modif
119. alues 3 96 name 3 95 offset 3 96 record length 3 96 resolution 3 96 type 3 95 Display menu 3 31 Autoscale Current Waveform 3 34 Redraw Dot 3 31 Redraw Vector 3 31 Index Set Axis Ranges 3 32 Set Colors amp Line Styles 3 38 Show Crosshairs 3 38 Zoom In 3 31 Zoom Out 3 32 display waveforms details 3 95 in memory 3 94 divide waveforms 3 78 DMA channel 2 2 DOS 2 3 draw line segments 3 45 Draw menu 3 41 Autoline 3 45 Envelope Max 3 48 Envelope Max Don t Care 3 46 Envelope Min 3 48 Envelope Min Don t Care 3 47 Freehand 3 42 Horizontal 3 43 Nodraw 3 42 Vertical 3 44 Driver limits 11000 Series O 6 2200 Series M 4 2400 Series N 7 AFG2020 E 5 AFG310 320 F 3 AFG5101 5501 l 5 AFG5102 J 5 AWG2000 Series G 8 AWG5102 J 5 AWG5105 K 6 TDS Series L 9 TVS6000 Series P 8 VX4792 R 7 E edit equation library 3 55 Edit menu 3 23 Append to End of Waveform 3 25 Copy Between Markers 3 24 Cut Between Markers 3 24 Delete Between Markers 3 24 Disable Undo 3 24 Flip Horizontal Between Markers 3 25 Flip Vertical Between Markers 3 25 Horizontal Resolution 3 26 WaveWriter AWE User Manual Insert Between Markers 3 24 Replace Between Markers 3 25 Undo 3 23 Vertical Resolution 3 29 envelope modify lower limit 3 48 upper limit 3 48 envelope waveforms 3 70 EOL 3 86 equation definitions C 1 dialog box 3 53 elements 3 53 example 3 56 D 1
120. ame in the Displayed Waveforms list box enters the waveform name in the Input Waveform edit box Double clicking on a second name enters that waveform name in the Output Waveform edit box Displayed Waveforms Lists all waveforms currently loaded Wave forms must be created as the current waveform or loaded from the File menu to be displayed 3 70 Reference Creating Waveforms Input Waveform To apply a tolerance to a waveform enter the wave form name the waveform must be one of the waveforms listed in the Dis played Waveforms list box or make a selection from the Displayed Waveforms list box by pointing and double clicking the LEFT mouse button or highlighting the entry with the arrow keys and pressing ENTER Output Envelope Enter a name for the envelope waveform output Unique names should be chosen If an existing name is entered or chosen from the Displayed Waveforms list box the current version replaces the previous one Vertical Tolerance Define the amplitude tolerances as voltages per centages or digitizing levels Maximum and minimum tolerances must be specified You can reduce the tolerance of an existing envelope by using a negative value Voltage Value Adds the specified Maximum Tolerance in volts to the waveform or the upper limit of the envelope Subtracts the specified Minimum Tolerance in volts from the waveform or the lower limit of the envelope Percentage Peak to Peak Calc
121. and select the sample adf file 3 Select OK The Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog box appears 4 Select OK to associate the new waveform with the AWG 2020 The waveform is loaded from disk into WaveWriter memory and becomes the current waveform as noted in the title bar Operating Basics WaveWriter AWE User Manual Tutorial Step 5 Scale the Waveform To maximize bit resolution when transferring the waveform to the AWG 2020 scale the waveform as outline 1 From the Display menu select Autoscale Current Waveform From the sub menu select At Zero Volts Note the change in the vertical and horizontal axis scales The waveform appears as shown in Figure 2 17 i WaveWriterJAWE AWG2020 SAMPLE ADF File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms Clock 2uS milli Seconds Figure 2 17 SAMPLE ADF Display Step 6 Send the Waveform to the AWG 2020 To transfer the waveform to the AWG 2020 Arbitrary Waveform Generator 1 From the Transfer menu select Send The Send AWG 2020 dialog box appears as shown in Figure 2 18 NOTE If the AWG 2020 is not at the GPIB address shown in the Transfer Configure Instrument dialog box a warning stating No AWG 2020 found on the bus is displayed Change the address in the Configure Instrument dialog box and then try again Alternatively change the AWG s GPIB address using the instru ment s UTILITY menu and then try again 2 39
122. appendix describes dialog boxes and error messages specific to the VX4792 Change Clock Rate Use the following dialog see Figure R 1 to change the current clock rate This changes only the time per point and does not change the waveform size of shape wde Clock Rate Time per Point 5 Frequency 250M Hz Figure R 1 VX4792 Clock Rate Dialog Box Time per Point Enter the time per point in seconds The valid range is 4 ns to 0 1s Frequency Enter the clock frequency in Hz The valid range is 10 Hz to 250 MHz OK When a new clock rate is input and OK is clicked the clock rate for the current waveform is changed The clock rate display above the wave form display area updates to show the new rate If the horizontal axis is displayed in seconds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate Cancel Select Cancel to abort the clock rate change operation and return to the main menu Appendix R VX4792 Dialogs and Messages Acquire Waveform Use this dialog box see Figure R 2 to select the source and destination of the waveform WAT Acquire Waveform Source Y44792 Waveform Name SIRI Destination W ave Writer Replace Current Waveform Create Hew Waveform Figure R 2 Acquire AWG 2000 Dialog Box Source VX4792 Used to select the waveform that will be acquired from the instrument This will be either a waveform in instrument memory or a channel The box lists all the waveforms
123. appens if Send Between Markers is selected Also sets the Min and Max data of the displayed waveform to the Don t Care level OK Selecting OK sets all parameters and sends the current waveform to the specified reference memory location in the target instrument Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu TVS600 Series Waveform Detail This dialog box see Figure P 4 lists the values used by the WaveWriter to display the waveform on the screen TVS400 Series Display Detail 2 00005 4 5 Pt 2 0000E 1 Div 0 Levels Figure P 4 TVS600 Series Instrument Dependent Detail Dialog Box WaveWriter AWE User Manual P 7 Appendix Q TVS 600 Series Dialogs and Messages XINCR Lists the X axis seconds per point YSCALE Lists the Y axis amplitude in volts per division The value deter mines the size of the waveform on the display To change the value increase or decrease the display amplitude of the waveform YOFF Lists the external offset in unscaled levels YZERO Lists the external offset in volts This field is used when the external offset is too large to express in unscaled levels OK Select OK to close the dialog box Driver Limits These drivers use the limits listed below to determine valid display ampli tude offset and clock rate Display Amplitude The valid range is 10 mV to 25400 V External Offset The valid range is 50000 to 50000
124. ar instrument See the Driver Limits section page G 8 of this appendix for details Frequency Enter the frequency in Hz The range of valid input values depends on the particular instrument See the Driver Limits section page G 8 of this appendix for details Appendix G AWG 2000 Series Dialogs and Messages OK When the new clock rate is entered and OK selected the clock rate display above the Waveform Display Area updates with the new clock rate If the horizontal axis is displayed in seconds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Acquire Waveform Use this dialog box see Figure G 2 to select the source and destination of the waveform AWGP OO0 Acquire waveform Source AWG 2000 Waveform Name E E Destination M ave riter O Replace Current Waveform Create Hew Waveform Figure G 2 AWG2000 Acquire Waveform Dialog Box Source AWG2000 Used to select the waveform that will be acquired from the instrument This will be either a waveform in instrument memory or a channel The box lists all the waveforms in instrument memory and all channels in the instrument Destination WaveWriter You have a choice of how to store the acquired waveform Replace Current Waveform The current waveform is overwritten by the acquired waveform The acquired waveform record length is the new record length Append
125. arker signal is always at its off value Start of Wfm When this button is pressed the marker signal assumes its on value while the first point in the waveform is being output End of Wfm When this button is pressed the marker signal assumes its on value while the last point in the waveform is being output Given Positions When this button is pressed the marker signal as sumes its on value while the points specified by the numbers in the box just below the button are being output The points must be separated by com mas or spaces The position box is grayed if Given Position is not selected OK Return to the Send Waveform dialog The marker settings input by the user will be applied when the waveform is sent to the instrument Cancel Return to the Send Waveform dialog The marker settings input by the user this time will be ignored The settings applied when the wave form is sent to the instrument will be as they were before the Marker Setup dialog box was displayed Driver Limits The driver for the VX4792 uses the limits given below to determine things such as valid display amplitude offset and clock rate Display Amplitude The range is 50 mV to 5 00 V peak to peak Offset The range is 2 5 V to 2 5 V Time Per Point The range is 4 ns to 0 1 s Maximum Waveform Length The maximum number of points for a waveform is 262144 Minimum Waveform Length The minimum number of points for a wav
126. arranty period and for warranted products make suitable arrangements for such service in accordance with the instructions received from Tektronix If Tektronix is unable within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice to provide remedial service for warranted products or for as is products to provide a replacement that is free from defects in materials and workmanship Customer may terminate the license for the software product and return the software product and any associated materials for credit or refund The above warranties shall not apply to any software product that has been modified or altered by Customer Tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty with respect to any software product a that is used in an operating environment other than that specified or in a manner inconsistent with the User Manual and documentation or b when the software product has been integrated with other software if the result of such integration increases the time or difficulty of analyzing or servicing the software product or the problems ascribed in the software product THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX WITH RESPECT TO THE LISTED PRODUCTS IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TEKTRONIX RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE REMEDIAL SERVICE WHEN SPECIFIED REPLACE DEFECTIVE MEDIA OR REFUND CUST
127. ars only when New Waveform is selected in the Action group box OK Select OK to implement the defined parameters and create the pulse Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close When you select Square from the Create menu the dialog box in Fig ure 3 36 appears Vertical Horizontal Max Min Ampl Offset Seconds Points Amplitude Do Y EJ Start Point Pk Pk g Stop Point O Fregueneg Cycles Calculate Frequency Degrees Duty Cycle Transitions 10 90 Risetime Falltime Ramp Sine Ramp Sine Figure 3 36 Square Wave Dialog Box Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual Creating Waveforms Vertical Specify the square wave amplitude parameters Max Min Enter the highest desired voltage level in the Max edit box and lowest level in the Min box Values should not exceed the limits of the target instrument Ampl Offset Enter the desired peak to peak voltage in the Amplitude edit box Enter the offset voltage in the Offset edit box For example a waveform with 4 V peak to peak amplitude and a 1 V offset would vary from 1 to 3 V Values should not exceed the limits of the target instru ment
128. at the Direct Memory Access DMA and interrupt channels are unique for each device within your PC Consult the GPIB interface card user s guide for correct hardware installation and setup For example if another interface card uses DMA channel 1 you need to set your GPIB card to a different DMA channel Seldom if ever can two or more devices share the same DMA channel If you continue to have difficulty communicating with instruments even though neither the DMA nor interrupt channels are conflicting try turning off both In your GPIB INI file set irq none and DMA none NOTE To use WaveWriter with GPIB instruments a National Instruments GPIB interface card must be installed For use with VXI instruments you must have NI VXI NI MXI or VXI GPIB hardware Operating Basics Using Windows WaveWriter Concepts WaveWriter AWE User Manual Using WaveWriter This section discusses basic WaveWriter concepts and provides instruction on how to use the product Microsoft Windows is a control program that provides a common interface between the Disk Operating System DOS resident application programs and the user If you are not an experienced Windows user become familiar with the interface before accessing WaveWriter WaveWriter creates a unique environment for each waveform it displays Each waveform is identified with a target instrument having a specified clock rate amplitude offset and markers position setting T
129. ata structures and formats The hierarchically structured ADIF format may subordinate to other struc tures It is well suited as a file format being easily transmitted across IEEE 488 1 488 2 RS 232 SCSI Ethernet and other transmission media and protocols The accommodation of digital data is one of several possible extensions to ADIF While it can represent digital and other kinds of structured data ADIF is somewhat cumbersome Overview An ADIF data set generally consists of several description blocks and a data block Blocks typically contain keywords and may contain subordinate blocks Keywords can have one or more values Some blocks require modifiers Modifiers allow a block to have a value as well as keywords and subordinate blocks Modifiers also allow multiples of the same block type to be uniquely distinguished from one another Block Descriptions The ADIF data and description blocks are defined as follows STD Specifies the ADIF version standard used to create the data set as well as any optional protocols Appendix B Waveform Formats IDENTIFY Names the data set and describes the generation environ ment The environment description includes project name test number and series date and time and source DIMENSION Dimension blocks specify the data structure and format of the DATA CURVE blocks Provision is made for data scaling offset naming and units specification The DIMENSION ENCODE a
130. ating Waveforms Use the Create menu to configure waveforms for your target instrument The possible configurations are approximately equivalent to the output of a multifunction signal generator Create modify or combine waveforms and set waveform limits with the following menu selections Equation Create a waveform from an equation The equation entry defines the characteristics of the waveform Sine Create sine waves from specified parameters Triangle Create triangle waves from specified parameters Pulse Create waveform pulses from specified parameters Square Create square waves from specified parameters Envelope Tolerance Define an envelope waveform by adding vertical and or horizontal tolerances to existing normal or envelope waveforms Envelope Couple Use two waveforms to define the upper and lower boundaries of an envelope Envelope Decouple Separate an envelope waveform into two un coupled waveforms one defined by the upper boundary of the enve lope and the other by the lower boundary Parameter Definitions The following terms are used in the menu discussions to follow Most terms are general some terms are waveform specific and identified as such Amplitude The peak to peak magnitude of a waveform Offset Deviation of a waveform from a base or reference level Also called baseline offset This parameter is incorporated into the waveform data Max Min
131. ation edit box 1 5 2 0 sin 2 pi 1000 t 4 Select the New Waveform option button and enter a name for the wave form in the Name Waveform edit box Select OK to proceed to the next step Reference Creating Waveforms 5 When the Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog box appears select GENERIC from the Instrument List and click the Autoscale at middle of Wfm option button 6 Select OK to create the waveform then implement Display gt Auto scale Current Waveform At Zero Volts to view its full amplitude The waveform should be identical to that shown in Figure 3 30 WaveWriterJAWE AFG5101 1khzsin File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms Clock 1uS Figure 3 30 Equation Example You can find additional equation examples in the Sample Equations section of the Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 57 Creating Waveforms Sine 3 58 When you select Sine from the Create menu the dialog box in Figure 3 31 appears Use the dialog box to specify sine wave parameters Vertical Max Min Ampl Offset Seconds Points Amplitude E Jv El Start Poin 0 Pes beste Ea Stop Point Pts offset 0 v 3 fe Fraggeneg Action Z Cycles O inser Calculate Frequency O Add Radians New Waveform Degrees Waveform Name l Figure 3 31 Sine Dialog Box Vertical Specify the sine wave amplitude parameters Max Min Enter the highest desired
132. aveWriter AWE User Manual F 1 Appendix F AFG 310 320 Dialogs and Messages F 2 OK When a new clock rate is input and OK is clicked the clock rate for the current waveform is changed The clock rate display above the waveform display area updates to show the new rate If the horizontal axis is displayed in seconds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate Cancel Select Cancel to abort the clock rate change operation and return to the main menu Send Waveform You can send the current waveform to the AFG 310 320 with the dialog box below see Figure F 2 If the transfer is successful the waveform data is always copied to the instrument s EDIT buffer In addition it may be option ally copied to another location within the instrument as well Send AFG 300 Non olatile Memory Entire Waveform CF Botoen Markers x Store in Memory Name EJ Selected Waveform to Channel 1 CI Selected Waveform to Channel 2 Cl Turn Channel 1 Output On O fun Channel 2 Suipui Gr Channel 1 Phase Channel 2 Phase E fo Figure F 2 Send AFG 300 Dialog Box Entire Waveform Sends the entire waveform Between Markers Sends only the portion of the waveform between and including markers The number of points sent must be between 10 and 16 384 Non Volatile Memory When Store in Memory is selected the waveform will be copied into one of the instrument s four non volatile memories as well as the EDIT buffer
133. aveform Display Area to the selected printer or plotter During data transfer a Cancel Print dialog box appears allowing termination of the print or plot prior to completion Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the Hardcopy dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 21 File Operations Exit The Exit selection ends the WaveWriter session and returns you to the Windows Program Manager If any data has been altered you are prompted to save it before exiting The current WaveWriter configuration is saved About Selecting About displays the dialog in Figure 3 12 The Dialog box lists m The program name WaveWriter m The version number m Tektronix copyright Available memory OK Selecting OK returns you to the main menu TERS WaveWriter AWE TH AWEH Yersion 4 0le Copyright 1989 1993 by Tektronix Inc Copyright 1995 1999 by SONY Tektronim Corp All rights reserved Memory available is 19 09 Megs Figure 3 12 About Dialog Box 3 22 Reference Undo WaveWriter AWE User Manual Editing Waveforms Many waveform modifications are possible without the Draw menu Use the following Edit Menu selections to modify the Current Waveform without redrawing the waveform Un
134. aveform description stored with the waveform The description automatically updates when you select a source from the Trace Waveform or Stored Waveform list boxes Destination When the waveform is acquired you have a choice of how to store it Replace Current Waveform Overwrites the current waveform with the acquired waveform The acquired waveform record length is the new current record length Create New Waveform Prompts for a new waveform name The ac quired waveform becomes the current waveform The previous current waveform is now a background waveform Name Enter a valid name for the waveform being acquired OK Specifying a valid source and entering a name in the Source Name edit box enables the OK button Selecting OK transfers the 11000 Series waveform into WaveWriter If you double click on an invalid source the error message nvalid Source Selected is displayed Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu 0 3 Appendix O 11000 Series Dialogs and Messages Conformance to Target If the acquired waveform data does not conform to the target instrument s ranges voltage and timing data are affected Voltage If the acquired waveform amplitude exceeds the display window limits the waveform is clipped on the display No data is lost however Clock Rate If the clock rate does not match a warning is displayed and you are prompted for one of the following so
135. aveform size was greater than the maximum allowable length of 8 192 pt Use the markers to segment off a smaller section of the waveform and send only that portion to the instrument E1007 AWG 5105 does not support envelope waveforms You attempted to either save an instrument specific file or send an envelope waveform to the AWG 5105 The instrument does not support envelopes You may want to use Envelope Decouple to break the envelope into two components and save or send them individually E1008 Number of points to send Beginning Address exceeds 262145 When attempting to send a waveform to the AWG 5105 the specified begin ning address plus the number of waveform points selected exceeds the maximum record length of 262145 Either change the beginning address to a smaller value or move the markers to change the number of points in the waveform Appendix K AWG 5105 Dialogs and Messages K 8 E1009 Invalid trigger delay value for AWG 5105 Must be in 1 uS to 1000 S range The number you entered was invalid Reenter a value within the range E1010 Invalid trigger level value for AWG 5105 Must be in 10 to 10 V range The number you entered was invalid Reenter a value within the range E1011 Start Length exceeds waveform address space of 262 143 maximum The number you entered was invalid Reenter a value in the range of 1 to 263143 E1012 Invalid number of bursts Must be within the 2 to 999 9
136. cal axis range to the maximum instrument range That portion of the waveform beyond the instrument range will be shown clipped Horizontal If the time per point of the incoming waveform does not match the system clock rate WaveWriter warns you of the mismatch Choose one of the following actions m Change the clock rate of the incoming waveform to the system clock rate m Massage expand or compress the incoming waveform to maintain a timing match See Horizontal Resolution Page 3 26 m Change the clock rate to match that of the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instrument the option is grayed and unavailable Cancel the Import command The Export command stores the current waveform to a disk file in a format that is compatible with other application programs or instruments The file format directory path and resident drive must be specified Save As File Name Directories sample wim E E cA E gt awe40le gt sample B Save File as Type Drives c ibmdos_j5 Kd Figure 3 10 The Export Dialog Box File Name Enter the new or existing name for the waveform to be ex ported The eight character file name and three character extension can be any combination of characters acceptable to the DOS system If no exten sion is given a default extension identifying the file format type will be auto matically appended If an extension is included it will be
137. ce was entered To proceed with the operation enter a tolerance or select Cancel to abort E369 Cannot add subtract multiply or divide envelopes For the menu selection Add Subtract Multiply or Divide Waveforms you specified an envelope waveform name Use nonenvelope waveforms only with these functions E370 Could not complete horizontal resolution For the menu selection Horizontal Resolution the selected operation could not be completed E374 Invalid device name The Windows configuration file WIN INI has invalid device names specified for printer devices If WIN INI is corrupt make a new copy using the ap propriate Windows disk E375 Printer not available The printer is unavailable for the menu selection Hardcopy Confirm the printer is powered on on line cables firmly connected paper loaded etc E376 Feature currently not supported for driver You selected a menu inappropriate for the current target instrument E377 GPIB error Check all GPIB cables to ensure secure attachment Verify the address is correct if not use the Transfer gt Configure Instruments menu to set the proper value and try again E378 Illegal symbol symbol For the menu selection Equation you entered an illegal symbol in the equa tion edit box Use t as a placeholder for the running variable for example sin 2 pi t A 7 Appendix A Error and Warning Messages E379 YACC internal sta
138. ceeded the maximum allowed for the target instrument The viewport was adjusted to the maximum Waveforms may appear clipped on the display but no data is lost W411 The path in fully specified filename will be ignored You entered a path and filename in response to a Filename edit box Wavew riter ignored the path Either change the default path with the Open menu or specify the path when you save the file Appendices The ADIF Format WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix B Waveform Formats This section discusses the WaveWriter compatible file formats In each sub section you will find an overview of the file format structural details and specific file examples The Analog Data Interchange Format ADIF is a data object description language that combines a description of the data with the data itself ADIF requires a minimum of description and can optionally associate a wide range of information with the actual data The ADIF block structure permits simple data representation yet it is capable of representing complex data di mensioned sets ADIF is part of the SCPI standard adopted by the SCPI consortium ADIF Version 1 0 is compatible with SCPI version 1992 0 At Tektronix version 0 99 is used by some software packages such as TekTMS ADIF makes it easier to share waveforms and other analog information between software packages and supported instruments ADIF is flexible extendable and accommodates a wide range of d
139. cessed through the Create gt Equation Library dialog box The basic trigonometric function is A Bxf 2xmtmx Fx t where A DC offset B Peak Amplitude in volts f trigonometric function e g sin cos tan F Frequency of waveform 1 points cycle x clock rate t Time a running variable initialized at the start point and incremented to stop point Tt 3 14159265 internal constant 10 V Sine Wave To create a 10 V peak to peak 10 kHz sine wave with no DC offset WaveWriterJAWE DSO2400 10khz File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms Clock 100nS 5uS per div Po a pr er ee 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 10 Points Figure D 1 10 V Sine Wave WaveWriter AWE User Manual D 1 Appendix D Sample Equations Start point 0 pt Stop point 999 pt Clock 100 ns Cycles 1 In the equation 5 x sin 2 x mx 104 x t The 5 represents the peak amplitude The sine function returns a value between 1 and 1 Multiplying by 5 adjusts the amplitude to be be tween 5 and 5 The frequency of the equation is calculated based on the clock rate and points cycle of the waveform The formula is F 1 points cycle x clock or 1 1000 x 100 ns which is 10 kHz 104 in equation In the Equation edit box enter 5 sin 2 pi 10 4 t If you were to change the clock rate to 10 ns and wanted to maintain the same number of cycles you would have to change the frequency to 1 1000 x 10 ns 1
140. change the DC offset of the carrier sine wave Edit 20 to change the frequency of the signal cosine wave Appendix C Equation Library HalfAM abs sin 8 pi 10 t 97 sin 8 pi 10 t 20 HalfAM is an AM modulated wave with the bottom half inverted and added to the top half The carrier wave is a 40 Hz sine wave with a DC offset of 0 97 volts The signal is a 2 Hz sine wave View at Amp 4 V Offset 0 V Start 0 s Stop 500 ms Clock 500 us Edit 10 to change the frequency of the carrier sine wave Edit 97 to change the DC offset of the carrier sine wave Edit the last 20 to change the frequency of the signal sine wave haversin 5 1 cos 2 pi t Haversin is a 1 Hz cosine wave with a 0 5 volt peak amplitude making the 0 5 negative inverts the waveform vertically with a 0 5 volt DC offset View at Amp 2 V Offset 0 V Start 0 s Stop 1s Clock 1 ms Edit 5 to change the peak amplitude of the cosine wave havertri asin abs sin pi t pi 2 Havertri is a 1 Hz triangle wave with the negative portion inverted View at Amp 2 V Offset 0 V Start 0 s Stop 2s Clock 2 ms Edit the 2 to change the peak amplitude InterMod 2 sin 15 7 pi t sin 7 pi t 7 InterMod is an IM modulated wave The carrier is a 52 5 Hz sine wave with 0 2 volt peak amplitude The signal wave is a 0 5 Hz sine wave The two waves have been added rather than multiplied View at Amp 3 V
141. ck overflow For the menu selection Equation the equation is too complex for the parser to handle Try simplifying the equation E380 Syntax error For the menu selection Equation WaveWriter detected a syntax error in the equation edit box Acknowledge the error for more specific information E381 Missing variable t operator or parenthesis For the menu selection Equation the entry lacked the variable t an operator or had mismatched parentheses Check the equation and try again E382 Maximum and minimum waveforms cannot be the same For the menu selection Envelope Decouple you selected the same wave form for the Max and Min Output Waveform Please specify different file names in these edit boxes E383 Invalid number for the function function name The number entered as a parameter for the specified function is invalid E384 Instrument cannot be deleted because there are waveforms associated with it To delete the instrument clear all associated waveforms from memory E385 Markers cannot be set longer than the maximum length the instru ment can accept number pts The number of points specified by the markers must be less than the maxi mum record length E386 Driver filename not loaded incorrect version You are attempting to load a driver incompatible with this version of WaveW riter Ensure the driver for this version is in the same directory as your executable Do no
142. clock rate waveform resolution or display and markers settings click on the desired waveform A Waveform Detail dialog box appears like that shown in Figure 3 54 Waveform Detail Wim Name 2 LTS_ADF Type Normal Instr Name 11k Wm Resolution 16 bits Display Display Amplitude Start Offset Stop Length 1000 Pts Clock Rate 10u S pt External Clock No Figure 3 54 Waveform Detail Dialog Box Wfm Name Identifies the queried waveform Type Specifies the waveform type Normal or Envelope 3 95 Modifying and Listing Waveforms Instr Name Identifies the instrument type associated with the specified waveform Wfm Resolution Specifies the waveform resolution in bits This is the resolution with which the waveform was created which is not necessarily the same as the resolution of the instrument with which the waveform is currently associated Nor is this affected by the Vertical Resolution selection in the Edit menu If the associated instrument does not have equivalent resolution the data is adjusted before being sent to the instrument Display Amplitude Offset Lists the display Amplitude Offset vertical limits specified by the Set Axis Ranges menu selection Display Start Stop Lists the display Start Stop horizontal limits speci fied by the Set Axis Ranges menu selection If the specified horizontal units are seconds values are given in Secs otherwise points are used Length Lists t
143. coming waveform to the current clock rate m Massage expands or compresses the incoming waveform to maintain a timing match Change the current clock rate to match the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instrument this option is grayed out and unavailable Cancel the current operation and return to the main menu Appendices Appendix N 2400 Series Dialogs and Messages Send Waveform You can send the current waveform to a reference memory location in the 2400 Series oscilloscope with the following dialog box see Figure N 3 Send 2400 Series Send Waveform gt Send Waveform Between Markers Location REF REFA Figure N 3 Send 2400 Series Dialog Box Send Waveform Sends the entire waveform The number of points sent must be less than the maximum of 1024 Send Waveform Between Markers Sends only the portion between and including the markers The number of points sent must be less than the maximum of 1024 Location Specify the target instrument reference memory location REF1 through REF4 Partial Waveform The following two selections appear only if Between Markers is selected and there are less that 1024 points in the processing region or the entire waveform has less than 1024 points Start At Aligns the waveform to the specified horizontal point on the oscilloscope screen Don t Care Fill in Sets the envelope o
144. cquire 11000 Series Trace Waveform Stored Waveform TRACE STOI TRACE 5T02 Trace Stored Description i E Oo Replace Current Waveform Create Hew Waveform Name E Figure O 2 Acquire 11000 Series Dialog Box Trace Waveform Displays the active traces currently available from the oscilloscope If no active traces are available the message EMPTY is dis played in the list box Stored Waveform Displays the waveforms stored on the oscilloscope If no stored waveforms are available the message EMPTY is displayed in the list box 0 2 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix O 11000 Series Dialogs and Messages When you click once on a list box entry its waveform description appears in the Trace Stored Description scroll box and the waveform name displays in the Name edit box You my change the name by editing the contents of the edit box Clicking on the EMPTY selection displays the message No Traces Defined in the Trace Stored Description edit box and the OK button is grayed out Double clicking on the EMPTY selection or the white space of the list box invokes an error dialog box with the message Invalid Source Selected NOTE If there are no traces defined on the oscilloscope and no stored waveforms available WaveWriter displays the error message No Valid Sources Available and the 11000 Series Acquisition dialog box is not displayed Trace Stored Description Displays the w
145. ction keys to move the cursor to the desired starting point for the line segment Press either ENTER or SPACEBAR to enable drawing Press the direction keys to extend the line segment in the desired direc tion The line extends vertically originating from the start point Press either ENTER or SPACEBAR to end the line segment and disable drawing Reference Autoline WaveWriter AWE User Manual Drawing Waveforms Use the Autoline selection to draw a series of line segments where the end point of one line is the starting point of the next You can draw line segments at any angle To use Autoline with the Mouse 1 2 Select Autoline from the Draw menu Move the cursor to the desired starting point of a line segment Click but do not hold the LEFT mouse button to enable drawing Use the mouse to extend the line segment in the desired direction a line extends from the starting point to the cursor position When the cursor reaches the desired end point click the LEFT mouse button to discontinue the line segment The end point of this line is now the starting point for the next line Move the mouse in a different direc tion and click the LEFT mouse button to add another line segment if desired To complete an Autoline series click the RIGHT mouse button to redraw the display and disable drawing To use Autoline from the Keyboard A 2 Select Autoline from the Draw menu and press ENTER With the
146. ction translates to linear interpolation the new point is located on a straight line between the two original points When the new interval is decreased or decimated fewer points the triangular weighted average spans four or more original points to calculate each new point Greater decimation ratios require wider averag ing functions Longer Function The slowest and most accurate method of redefining the horizontal interval This method produces smooth band limited signals sine waves Like the Short Function this method calculates each new point with a weighted average of original points to either side This weighting function is up to five times as wide as the triangular Short Function When increasing intervals interpolating the weighted average spans ten points five on each side When decreasing intervals decimating the point span of the average is ten times the ratio of original to new interval lengths The weighting function shape sinc function sin x x has been windowed to limit its length Sine waves with at least four points per cycle can be accu WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 27 Editing Waveforms 3 28 rately interpolated using the Longer Function as shown in Figure 3 14C with errors of less than 0 1 Similarly reducing a sine wave interval down to as few as four samples per cycle results in errors less than 0 1 aThe sinc is the ideal interpolation function for sampled band limited nonaliased signals
147. d Waveform 3 is new timing is maintained and zeros are assigned to the undefined points between the zero time reference and the Start Marker The new waveform ends at the Stop Marker If Entire Waveform was selected as the Processing Region the output waveform is the length of the longer of the two input waveforms NOTE If the calculation exceeds internal system limits you are warned that waveform data has been clipped Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close Reference Processing Waveforms After selecting OK on an Add Subtract Multiply or Divide dialog box the Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog box appears Figure 3 44 if Waveform 3 was a new waveform Associate Waveform with Instrument Instrument List Figure 3 44 Associate Waveform with Instrument Dialog Box Instrument List Associate Waveform 3 with a target instrument from the Instrument List Display Choose one of two options Use Current Amp Offset Sets the Axis Ranges for the new waveform to those of the current selected waveform Autoscale at middle of Wim Displays the new waveform as if the Display Autoscale at middle of Wim sub menu were selected OK
148. d disk with the following dialog box see Figure H 3 WaveWriter AWE User Manual H 3 Appendix H AWG500 600 Series Dialogs and Messages H 4 AWG500 600 Send Waveform Destination Waveform AWG 4001 WFM FILE Operation NORMAL x Output Filter Through x 5 Marker Bits Channel 1 MV Output On Marker 1 None Channel 2 l Invert On Marker 2 None Digital Data Format PATTERN Set Marker Cancel Help Figure H 3 AWG500 600 Send Waveform Dialog Box Destination Waveform This text box displays a waveform name in full pathname You cannot be allowed to input a text in this box directly instead you can change the pathname in the AWG500 600 Waveform File Name dialog box which is brought up by clicking the FILE button Operation Identify any signal processing to be applied to the waveform on the selected output channel The following selections are available NORMAL Applies no operation ADD_EXT Adds the external signal to the selected channel via the rear panel ADD IN connector This is not available for the AWG610 For the AWG520 this is available only to the channnel 1 DIRECT Connects the D A converter output direct to the output terminal Load to Channel By selecting this button the waveform is loaded into an output channel as well as being copied into a file in the instrument When selected the Channel buttons and various other things related to channel output are e
149. d of Wfm When this button is pressed the marker signal assumes its on value while the last point in the waveform is being output Given Positions When this button is pressed the marker signal as sumes its on value while the points specified by the numbers in the box just below the button are being output The points must be separated by com mas or spaces The position box is grayed if Given Position is not selected Appendix G AWG 2000 Series Dialogs and Messages OK Return to the Send Waveform dialog The marker settings input by the user will be applied when the waveform is sent to the instrument Cancel Return to the Send Waveform dialog The marker settings input by the user this time will be ignored The settings applied when the wave form is sent to the instrument will be as they were before the Marker Setup dialog box was displayed Driver Limits The drivers for the AWG 2000 series instruments use the limits given below to determine things such as valid display amplitude offset and clock rate Display Amplitude The display amplitude limits described below are all peak to peak volt units AWG 2005 10 0 to 0 05 AWG 2020 2021 5 0 to 0 05 AWG 2040 2041 2 0 to 0 02 Offset Offset limits in volts are as follows AWG 2005 5 0 to 5 0 AWG 2020 2021 2 5 to 2 5 AWG 2040 2041 5 0 to 5 0 Time per Point Clock Rate limits expressed as the time between points are as follows AWG 2005 50
150. dialog box appears Inthe Vertical group enter 514 3m in the Offset edit box Inthe Horizontal group enter 57 164u in the Start Point edit box 10 Select OK to generate the fifth step 11 From the Create menu select Sine The Sine dialog box appears m Inthe Vertical group enter 642 9m in the Offset edit box Inthe Horizontal group enter 59 714u in the Start Point edit box Select OK to add the final step and complete the Modulated 5 Riser Stair case waveform 12 From the Display menu select Zoom In to magnify the region between approximately x 60 us y 800 mV and x 63 65 us y 100 mV 13 From the Draw menu select Autoline to draw the final line of the wave form 14 Position the cursor at x 62 26 us y 714 3 mV 10 mV 15 Click the LEFT mouse button and let up 16 Move the cursor to x 63 45 us y 714 3 mV 17 Click the LEFT mouse button and let up to end the line segment 18 Press the RIGHT mouse button to redraw the screen 19 Select the Display menu function Zoom Out 20 Select the Display menu function Zoom In to magnify the 5 Riser stair case region just created from approximately x 42 us y 800 mV to x 63 us y 200 mV 2 34 Operating Basics WaveWriter AWE User Manual Tutorial The staircase portion of the NTC waveform should appear as shown in Figure 2 16 Wavev ritevAWE AWG2020 lessan2 File Edit Display Draw Create SiyPruc Transf
151. directories double click on the folder for the desired directory To move to the root of a drive double click on the folder next to the drive name The associated list boxes will update to reflect the new directory structure Drives Use the Drives list box to switch drives Scroll and select the drive you wish to use The associated list boxes will update to reflect the new directory structure OK Stores the current waveform file to the specified location using the selected file format If the specified file name already exists you are prompted requesting if you want to overwrite the existing file Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Reference Hardcopy File Operations The Hardcopy command sends the current Waveform Display Area to the selected printer or plotter Selecting Hardcopy from the File menu displays the dialog box in Figure 3 11 Hardcopy Printers Apple Laserwriter Il NT Epson FX 80 HP LaserJet Series Il Confisure Ok _Gancet_ Hein Figure 3 11 Hardcopy Dialog Box Printers Lists the installed output device drivers select an output device from the list To install additional printers see the Windows User Guide Configure Displays the Windows Control Panel The panel contains a setup menu for printer selection and configuration See your Microsoft Windows Users manual for more detailed information OK Sends the current W
152. dit box The value should not exceed the limit of the target instrument Horizontal Specify the pulse horizontal parameters as well as other functions NOTE Clock Rate is a fundamental parameter used in calculating wave forms Use the Waveforms gt Change Clock Rate menu to set the system clock rate Seconds Specify that the units for the Start and Stop Point parame ters are in seconds WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 63 Creating Waveforms Points Specify that the units for the Start and Stop Point parameters are in points Start Point Enter or calculate the horizontal starting position of the pulse Do not confuse the Start Point location with the Start Marker Location They are not necessarily the same point Stop Point Enter or calculate the horizontal ending location of the pulse Do not confuse the Stop Point location with the Stop Marker Location They are not necessarily the same point Period Enter or calculate the period of the waveform Cycles Enter or calculate the number of cycles The pulse extends from the Start Point to the Stop Point over the defined number of cycles One of the last four parameters above will always be calculated automatical ly when OK is pressed If the check box against a parameter is checked it must be set by the user To set it so that it will be calculated automatically click on the check box so that its check mark disappears When you
153. do Cancels the most recent change to the current waveform made by any menus Disable Undo Disables and enables the Undo feature Cut Between Markers Removes a portion of the current waveform saves the segment in the edit buffer Copy Between Markers Copies a portion of the current waveform saves the segment in the edit buffer Delete Between Markers Deletes a portion of the current waveform does not save the segment Insert at Start Marker Inserts a copy of the edit buffer into the cur rent waveform Replace Between Markers Deletes a portion of the current waveform and inserts a copy of the edit buffer into its place Append to End of Waveform Appends a copy of the edit buffer to the end of the current waveform Flip Horizontal Between Markers Reverses the current waveform time sequence Flip Vertical Between Markers Inverts the current waveform with instrument offset as the center Horizontal Resolution Expands or compresses the current waveform horizontally Vertical Resolution Modifies waveform data to simulate a lower vertical resolution The Undo selection cancels the most recent change to the current waveform If no modification has been made to the current waveform since it last be came the current waveform or since it was created this selection is disabled It can also be explicitly disabled with the Disable Undo selection 3 23 Editing Waveforms Disable U
154. dows Control Panel to delete files E312 Premature EOF WaveWriter detected the End of File before reading all data Check for a disk error or corrupt file Also check for a full disk E313 Access denied File cannot be overwritten or directory full or directory not found or path specifies a directory Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix A Error and Warning Messages Executing the requested command violated the access mode of the file subdirectory or device involved This can occur when attempting to write to a file marked read or write only attempting to open a subdirectory as a file m the specified directory does not exist E314 Sharing mode specified when file sharing not installed or access mode value invalid This can occur for the following reasons m the given path name is a directory m you attempted to open a read only file for writing m a sharing violation occurred the file s sharing mode does not allow the specified operations E315 name Path or file not found The path or file specified does not exist Check the name and try again E316 Too many open file handles Too many files are already open Close unneeded files or increase the CONFIG SYS FILES value and reboot E317 Error creating Cut Copy buffer Cut Copy operation aborted For either menu selection Cut or Copy WaveWriter is not able to store the selected waveform segment on disk Chec
155. e 0 eee eee eee 2 28 27 Pulse Display 2 200 4 r din ee eee ee eee eee dees 2 29 Modulated Sine Squared Pulse 0000 2 32 Sine Dialog BOX is Pest Cea hp ia wee bat aden veel e 2 33 5 Riser Staircase 0 ees 2 35 SAMPLE ADF Display 000c cece ee 2 39 AWG2000 Send Waveform Dialog Box 2 40 AWG2000 Acquire Waveform Dialog Box 2 41 TDS Series Clock Rate Dialog Box 2 43 SQUARE ADF Display 2000 0c cece eee 2 44 Envelope Tolerance Dialog Box 00 2 45 SQUARE ADF and ENVELOPE Display 2 46 Send TDS Scope Dialog Box 2 2 47 Associate New Waveform with Instrument Dialog Box 3 5 New Dialog Box 0 cece eee 3 6 Open Dialog BOX 0 cece eee 3 8 Choose ISF Source Instrument Dialog Box 3 9 Associate Waveform with Instrument Dialog Box 3 10 v List of Figures Figure 3 6 Save As Dialog Box 0000s 3 12 Figure 3 7 The Import Dialog Box cece eee ee 3 14 Figure 3 8 Binary Import Option Dialog Box 2 3 16 Figure 3 9 ASCII Import Option Dialog Box 3 17 Figure 3 10 The Export Dialog Box 0 cece eee eee 3 19 Figure 3 11 Hardcopy Dialog Box cece eee eee 3 21 Figure 3 12 About Dialog Box 0 cece eee 3 22 Figure 3 13 Horizontal Resolution Dialog Box
156. e Maximum Tolerance x E Seconds Minimum Tolerance ss z Points Figure 2 22 Envelope Tolerance Dialog Box 7 Select OK WaveWriter computes the waveform maximum and minimum values and creates the upper limit of the waveform using a 10 vertical tolerance and the lower limit using a 15 vertical tolerance For the horizontal tolerance each waveform point will be shifted left and right by 5 points creating a band 10 points wide ENVELOPE becomes the current waveform 8 From the Display menu select Autoscale Current Waveform From the sub menu select At Zero Volts 2 45 Tutorial The Waveform appears as shown in Figure 2 23 WaveriterJAWE TDS5xx ENVELOPE File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms Clock 40uS 2m5 per div TEES d 1 H y E AAA lt 2 R 11 96m8 milli Seconds 228 29mY Figure 2 23 SQUARE ADF and ENVELOPE Display Step 7 Send the Envelope Waveform to the TDS 500 To transfer the ENVELOPE waveform to the TDS 500 oscilloscope 1 From the Transfer menu select Send The Send TDS Scope dialog box appears NOTE If the TDS 500 is not at the GPIB address shown in the Transfer gt Configure Instrument dialog box a warning stating No TDS 500 on GPIB 0 address is displayed Select Search all addresses to have WaveWriter search all addresses for the instrument 2 Select the Send Waveform option button 3 Inthe Locatio
157. e atan arctangent sinh hyperbolic sine cosh hyperbolic cosine tanh hyperbolic tangent abs absolute value ceil ceiling floor floor log10 lO9Jbase10 log natural log rand random noise exp exponentiation base e The statement pi can be substituted for the numeric value of the symbol m Horizontal The Start Point and Stop Point for the equation can be set in either Points or Seconds Note that the equation start and stop points are not the same as the Start Marker and Stop Marker The values entered in these edit boxes define the range of the time variable t when the waveform is calculated Action Specify the placement of the new waveform Replace Writes over the current waveform between and including the equation Start and Stop points calculating the waveform at time start to time stop Insert Inserts the newly defined equation waveform into the current waveform beginning at the equation Start Point The previously defined portion of the current waveform after and including the equation Start Point shifts to follow the end of the inserted waveform The waveform is calculated at time 0 to time stop start Add Arithmetically adds the newly defined equation waveform to the current waveform between and including the equation Start and Stop points New Waveform Creates a new waveform You are prompted to enter a new waveform name If the equation Start Po
158. e check the box and set the address Summing The opposite channel and or an external signal can be summed with the current channel Mode Selects a clock mode Continuous Trigger Gate or Burst Appendix K AWG 5105 Dialogs and Messages K 6 Clock Source Selects a clock source External Internal or the opposite channel Trigger Select the trigger source Manual Internal External or the oppo site channel Depending on the trigger source you can also specify a trigger rate level or slope setting The slope may be positive or negative AutoUpdate Allows waveform updating after every operation Amplitude Modulation Toggle amplitude modulation on or off OK Selecting OK sends all settings and the waveform to the instrument saves all changes to instrument parameters and closes the dialog box Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and close the dialog box nothing is sent to the instrument all dialog box changes are lost Send Sends only the instrument settings to the instrument The dialog box is not closed Clear All Clears all instrument waveform memory by setting it to zero Clear Selected Clears the AWG waveform memory from the start ad dress for the indicated length Driver Limits This driver uses the limits listed below to determine valid display amplitude offset and clock rate Display Amplitude The valid range is 15 mV to 15 V Offset T
159. e the byte count is always an odd integer Data Conversion To convert a high byte low byte pair to an integer value use the equation WfmValue High Byte lt lt 8 Low Byte amp 255 WfmValue ranges from 0 to 4095 To convert WfmValue to a signed integer subtract 2047 B 12 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual TDS Series Oscilloscopes Appendix B Waveform Formats ISF files for TDS Series Digital Storage Oscilloscopes are formatted in ASCII the data points are in binary as follows The text shown in parentheses is commentary and not part of the ISF format WFMPRE BYT_NR 1 BIT_NR 8 ENCDG BIN BN_FMT RI BYT_OR MSB CH1 WFID CH1 NR_PT nnn PT_FMT Y or ENV XUNIT s XINCR n nnEnnj PT_OFF 0 YUNIT Volts YMULT n nnEnn YOFF nnn YZERO nn nnEnn DATA START 1 STOP nnn CURVE length of Byte Count string Byte Count string byte byte number of points clockrate offset in levels offset in volts number of points ASCII character string ASCII character string byte count as ASCII character aw em ee mig pom First data point in binary nth data point XINCR YMULT YOFF and YZERO values can be integer decimal or expo nential notation Each data byte value ranges from 128 to 127 NOTE The driver also reads ISF files from TD100 software which varies slightly from the above format 2400 Series Oscilloscop
160. e Clock Source Channel One Continuous External Channel Two Trigger Internal Gate Channel 2 Begin Addr a Markers Address Burst N gt lt AutoUpdate O Amplitude Modulation Amplitude 5 Marker 1 Offset 1 Marker 2 Of Of Point Rate 2u 5 Maker3 Ofi Op Of Trigger Internal A Summing Level V Start Length Cl Channel 2 External Siope founa On J 7 Eideenal Channel 2 Fes O Neg Frequency 488 28 Hz Marker 4 Filter C Hz Spig Figure K 3 Send AWG 5105 Dialog Box Send Specify the portion of the waveform sent to the instrument Complete Waveform Sends the entire waveform 262145 pt maxi mum Waveform Between Markers Sends only the portion between and including the markers 262145 pt maximum Send To Specify the instrument channel receiving the data Channel One Channel 1 receives data Channel Two Channel 2 receives data Begin Addr Specifies the beginning address of the waveform data from 1 to 262143 The Beginning Address Waveform Length cannot exceed 262145 K 4 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix K AWG 5105 Dialogs and Messages Amplitude Shows the peak to peak output voltage into 50 Q sent to the instrument The valid range is 0 015 to 15 00 V The default value is the current WaveWriter axis amplitude Offset Shows the offset voltage of the output signal sent to the
161. e D 1 10 V Sine Wave 0 00 cece eee ees Figure D 2 10 V Sine Wave with Offset 00000000 Figure D 3 Exponentially Decaying Sine Wave Figure D 4 Sinc Waveform 000 cece eee ee Figure D 5 DSX 2 Isolated Pulse Template Figure E 1 AFG 2020 Clock Rate Dialog Box 2 Figure E 2 Acquire AFG 2020 Dialog Box 00000000 Figure E 3 Send AFG 2020 Dialog Box 00ee ee eee Figure F 1 AFG 300 Clock Rate Dialog Box Figure F 2 Send AFG 300 Dialog Box 000 cece eee Figure G 1 AWG 2000 Clock Rate Dialog Box Figure G 2 AWG2000 Acquire Waveform Dialog Box Figure G 3 AWG 2000 Send Waveform Dialog Box Figure G 4 Marker Setup Dialog Box 000 eee e eee Figure H 1 AWG500 600 Clock Rate Dialog Box Figure H 2 AWG500 600 Acquire Waveform Dialog Box Figure H 3 AWG500 600 Send Waveform Dialog Box Figure H 4 AWG500 600 Waveform File Name Dialog Box Figure H 5 Marker Setup Dialog Box 0000 cece eee Figure l 1 AFG 5101 5501 Clock Rate Dialog Box Figure l 2 Acquire AFG 5101 5501 Dialog Box Figure l 3 Send AFG 5101 5501 Dialog Box 2 Figure J 1 AFG 5102 5502 Clock Rate Dialog Box Figure J 2 Acquire AFG 5102 5502
162. e E 2 Acquire AFG 2020 Dialog Box Source AFG2020 The Waveform ID edit box displays the numbers corresponding to the 32 arbitrary waveforms stored in the instrument The number visible is the one currently selected for transfer Destination WaveWriter You have a choice of how to store the acquired waveform Replace Current Waveform The current waveform is overwritten by the acquired waveform The acquired waveform record length is the new current record length Create New Waveform You are prompted for a new waveform name The acquired waveform becomes the current waveform The previous current waveform is now a background waveform Waveform Name Enter a valid name for the waveform being ac quired Appendices Appendix E AFG 2020 Dialogs and Messages OK When OK is selected the waveform is acquired loaded into memory and displayed as the current waveform Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Conformance to Target If the acquired waveform data does not conform to the target instrument s ranges voltage and timing data are affected Voltage If the acquired waveform amplitude exceeds the display window limits the waveform is clipped on the display No data is lost however Clock Rate If the clock rate does not conform a warning is displayed and you are prompted for one of the following solutions m Change the clock rate of the inc
163. e Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close Reference Redraw Dot Redraw Vector Zoom In WaveWriter AWE User Manual Displaying Waveforms Use the following Display menu selections to set screen presentation attrib utes Redraw Dot Displays waveforms in dot format Redraw Vector Displays waveforms in vector format Zoom In Magnifies a portion of the Waveform Display Area Zoom Out Returns the Waveform Display Area to its original size Set Axis Ranges Sets the horizontal and vertical display scale fac tors Set Markers Positions markers on the current waveform Autoscale Current Waveform Adjusts the display axis to fit the current waveform Show Crosshairs Configures the screen cursor as either a small cross or full screen crossbars Show Multiple Waveforms Makes background waveforms visible or invisible Set Colors and Line Styles Configures display line styles back grounds labels and colors Redraws all displayed waveforms in the dot format each dot represents a data point of the waveform Waveforms can also be displayed in Vector format see below Redraws all displayed waveforms in vector format all points are connected with the current selected line style Waveforms can also be displayed in Dot format see above The Zoom selection magnifies a designated portion of the Waveform Disp
164. e of Offset lt 5 V Time per Point The valid time per point ranges from 32 05 ns to 2 s Number of Points The number of points that can be sent to the instru ment is 1024 WaveWriter AWE User Manual E 5 Appendix E AFG 2020 Dialogs and Messages AFG 2020 Error Messages E1000 Error acquiring waveform from AFG 2020 An error was detected when acquiring a waveform from the AFG 2020 Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1001 Error sending waveform to AFG 2020 An error was detected when sending a waveform to the AFG 2020 Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1002 No AFG 2020 found The address specified in the configuration was checked for the presence of an AFG 2020 and none were found Check the configuration and try again E1003 Current clock rate is invalid for AFG 2020 Accept upper limit of 2s A clock rate which is above the upper limit for the AFG 2020 was entered The acceptable range is 32 05 ns to 2 s You are offered the opportunity to change the clock rate to the upper limit E1004 Current clock rate is invalid for the AFG 2020 Accept a lower limit of 32 05 ns A clock rate that is below the lower limit for the AFG 2020 was entered The acceptable range is 32 05 ns to 2 s You are offered the opportunity to change the clock rate to the lower limit E1006 Waveform for AFG 2020 must be equal to 1024 points All waveforms sent t
165. e of point 1 low byte of last point high byte of last point The value of the Count Bytes is double the number of data points Data Conversion To convert a low byte high byte pair to an integer value use the equation WfmValue HighByte lt lt 8 LowByte amp 255 Each data point value ranges from 32768 to 32767 Appendices Appendix B Waveform Formats VX4790A The format of VX4790A Arbitrary Waveform Generators has a different style from other instruments Other instrument drivers write ISF files that contain GPIB commands which can be sent to the instrument the VX4790A is a VXI instrument with no GPIB interface so such a file would not be very useful Instead files in the binary format used by the LabWindows soft front panel for the instrument are produced The format is a simple array of 16 bit words one word for each point high byte low byte first data point high byte low byte high byte low byte last data point Notice that there is no Amplitude Offset or Clock Period information in file WaveWriter uses default values when reading these files Data Conversion To convert a high byte low byte pair to an integer value use the following expression WfmValue HighByte lt lt 8 LowByte amp 255 PointValue ranges from 0 to 4095 To convert to a signed integer subtract 2048 Note As with other instrument drivers the default filename extension for VX4790 ISF
166. e root of a drive double click on the folder next to the drive name The associated list boxes will update to reflect the new directory structure Drives Use the Drives list box to switch drives Scroll and select the drive you wish to use The associated list boxes will update to reflect the new directory structure OK Loads the selected waveform file as the current waveform or updates the list box if the entry was a wild card If you specified a nonexistent file in the File Name edit box a warning is issued and you are returned to the edit box If the specified file name is the same as a file name already in WaveWrit er memory you are given the option of replacing the file in memory or creating a file with a different name After you select OK WaveWriter will attempt to read the file first as an ADIF file then as a CSV file and finally as an ISF file After WaveWriter successfully reads the file as an ADIF or CSV format file the Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog appears Figure 3 5 If WaveWriter attempts to read the file as an ISF file the Choose ISF Source Instrument dialog box will appear Figure 3 4 If you know the file is not an ISF file select Cancel Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Choose ISF Source Instrument Instrument List Figure 3 4 Choose ISF Source Instrument Dialog Box File Operations Choose ISF Source Instrument Dialog Box In
167. e using the AWG500 600 Waveform File Name dialog box that is displayed when you click the FILE button in the AWG500 600 Send Waveform dialog box File Name Directory a Figure H 4 AWG500 600 Waveform File Name Dialog Box File Name This edit box allows you to set or change the file name with which the file will be newly created or overwritten in the AWG500 600 hard disk file system You can also use the list box to select a file from the files currently existed in the file system when you desire to overwrite Directory This text box displays the directory path in which the wave form file will be created The list box below the text box displays the existing directory tree and allows you to browse the tree structure by clicking opera tion You cannot create any directory in the list box If necessary use the AWG500 or AWG610 to create or delete a directory in the hard disk file system Marker Setup This dialog box appears after the Set Marker button in the AWG500 600 Send Waveform dialog box is pressed It allows the user to set the On Off state and position of marker signals See Figure H 5 A marker signal is an instrument output that assumes its on value when waveform output is at particular points Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix H AWG500 600 Series Dialogs and Messages Marker Setup Marker 1 None f Start of Wm End of Wim Given Positions Conca Figure H 5 Marker Se
168. e valid range is 0 to 8191 Ending Address Enters the ending address of the waveform being acquired The valid range is 0 to 8191 Bank Number Enters the bank number of the waveform being acquired Enter either 1 or 2 Replace Current Waveform Overwrites the current waveform with the acquired waveform The acquired waveform record length becomes the new current record length Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix I AFG5101 5501 Dialogs and Messages Create New Waveform Prompts for a new waveform name The ac quired waveform becomes the current waveform The previous current waveform is now a background waveform Name Enter a valid name for the waveform being acquired OK When OK is selected the waveform is acquired loaded into memory and displayed as the current waveform Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Conformance to Target If the acquired waveform data does not conform to the target instrument s ranges voltage and timing data are affected Voltage If the acquired waveform amplitude exceeds the display window limits the waveform is clipped on the display No data is lost however Clock Rate If the clock rate does not match a warning is displayed and you are prompted for one of the following solutions m Change the clock rate of the incoming waveform to the current clock rate m Massage expands or compresses the
169. e waveform dialog box is replaced by the New dialog box 3 Enter Lesson2 in the New Waveform Name edit box This is the name of our new waveform 4 Select the Seconds option button 5 Enter 63 6576u in the Record Length edit box 6 Select OK The waveform Lesson2 is created at 0 Volts This waveform becomes the current waveform as noted in the title bar Step 5 Set Up the Axis to Display the Desired Amplitude and Record Length Perform the following steps to configure the axis ranges for the new wave form 1 From the Display menu select Set Axis Ranges The Set Axis Ranges dialog box appears In the Vertical group select the Amp Offset option button In the Amplitude Pk Pk edit box enter 2 In the Offset edit box enter O 2 3 4 5 Inthe Horizontal group select the Seconds option button 6 Inthe Start edit box enter 0 7 Inthe Stop edit box enter 63 6227u 8 Select OK The vertical and horizontal axis ranges are now set to display the new wave form Step 6 Create the Horizontal Blanking Pulse The first portion of the NTC waveform we are creating is the Blanking pulse Perform the following steps to create the pulse 1 From the Display menu select Zoom In The left hand corner of the zoom box becomes the cursor 2 23 Tutorial 2 24 2 Using the Cursor Crosshair Coordinate readouts place the corner at approximately x 0 s y 350 mV Press the LEFT
170. eWriter 2 1 Windows 1 2 instrument 11000 Series O 1 2200 Series M 1 2400 Series N 1 AFG2020 E 1 AFG310 320 F 1 AFG5101 5501 l 1 AFG5102 AWG5102 J 1 AWG2000 Series G 1 AWG500 600 Series H 1 AWG5105 K 1 TDS Series L 1 TVS600 Series P 1 VX4790A Q 1 VX4792 R 1 Instrument Specific Format 3 13 IQSMI file type 3 15 ISF 3 9 3 10 B 5 B 16 file type 3 8 3 12 3 13 3 84 L library equation C 1 Line Styles 3 38 list currently loaded waveforms 3 97 directories 3 9 3 13 3 15 3 20 drivers 3 84 Index 4 drives 3 9 3 13 3 15 3 20 equation library 3 55 file types 3 8 files 3 8 ports 3 84 waveform details 3 95 waveforms 3 94 load waveform 2 15 3 8 M magnify waveform 3 31 marker flags 2 5 Marker setup AWG2000 Series G 7 AWG500 600 Series H 6 VX4792 R 6 Marker Signal R 6 Glossary 2 marker signal G 6 G 7 H 5 H 6 R 5 markers 2 6 move 2 20 readouts 2 5 2 6 set 3 34 setting 2 6 stop start 2 6 math functions 3 54 operators 3 54 memory available 3 22 RAM 1 2 memory size recommended 1 3 menu bar 2 5 2 6 functions 1 1 map 3 1 selections 3 1 Message 2 16 3 11 3 19 messages error A 1 warning A 9 Microsoft Windows version 1 2 modify envelope 3 48 Modify menu 3 89 Associate Waveform 3 90 Change Amplitude Offset 3 89 Change Clock Rate 3 89 Clear Waveform s 3 92 Rename 3 93 Waveform Detail 3 95 Waveform Li
171. ear from Memory The List Box displays all currently loaded waveforms Select one or more waveforms to clear from memory To select more than one waveform first click the mouse on the first wave form name then click the mouse on the other names with the Ctrl key pressed down To select a group of waveforms which have their names displayed contigu ously in the list first click on the name at one end of the group and then click on the name at the other end of the list with the Shift key pressed down Reference Rename Waveform WaveWriter AWE User Manual Modifying and Listing Waveforms Double clicking on a waveform name is equivalent to selecting a waveform and then the OK button Double clicking causes just one waveform to be deleted Cleared waveforms cannot be restored with Undo Save all changes before selecting OK All Waveforms Selecting All Waveforms removes all waveforms from memory OK When OK is selected the specified waveforms are removed from memory and are cleared from the display is cleared If an altered waveform has not yet been saved you are given the option with the Save dialog box Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close
172. ed for the following information before acquiring the wave form Acquire 2400 Series Location CH2 REF ADD lt gt REF3 MULT REFA O Replace Current Waveform Create New Waveform Name Figure N 2 Acquire 2400 Series Dialog Box Location Specifies the desired acquisition channel CH1 CH2 REF1 REF2 REF3 or REF4 Replace Current Waveform Overwrites the current waveform with the acquired waveform The acquired waveform record length is the new current record length Create New Waveform Prompts for a new waveform name The ac quired waveform becomes the current waveform The previous current waveform is now a background waveform Name Enter a valid name for the waveform being acquired Appendix N 2400 Series Dialogs and Messages OK When OK is selected the waveform is acquired loaded into memory and displayed as the current waveform Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Conformance to Target If the acquired waveform data does not conform to the target instrument s ranges voltage and timing data are affected Voltage If the acquired waveform amplitude exceeds the display window limits the waveform is clipped on the display No data is lost however Clock Rate If the clock rate does not match a warning is displayed and you are prompted for one of the following solutions m Change the clock rate of the in
173. eform To draw a waveform freehand with the Mouse 1 Select Freehand from the Draw menu 2 Move the cursor to the desired starting point for the line segment Press and hold the LEFT mouse button to enable drawing 3 Move the mouse in the desired direction and a line segment follows from the starting point to wherever the cursor moves 4 When the cursor reaches the desired end point release the LEFT mouse button to discontinue the line segment and disable drawing To draw a waveform freehand from the Keyboard 1 Select Freehand from the Draw menu and press ENTER 2 Use the direction keys to move the cursor to the desired starting point for the line segment Press either ENTER or SPACEBAR to enable drawing 3 Press the direction keys to extend the line segment in the desired direc tion 4 Press either ENTER or SPACEBAR to end the line segment and disable drawing 3 42 Reference Horizontal WaveWriter AWE User Manual Drawing Waveforms When Horizontal is selected movement of the cursor in the horizontal direction defines the waveform Vertical movement of the mouse or direction keys is ignored To draw a horizontal line with the Mouse 1 2 Select Horizontal from the Draw menu Move the cursor to the desired starting point for the line segment Press and hold the LEFT mouse button to enable drawing Move the mouse in the horizontal direction a line segment extends from the start point to
174. eform is 64 Number of Points Multiple Waveform lengths in the VX4792 are always a multiple of 8 points Appendix R VX4792 Dialogs and Messages VX4792 Error Messages E1000 Error acquiring waveform from VX4792 An error was detected when acquiring a waveform from the instrument E1001 Error sending waveform to VX4792 An error was detected when sending a waveform to the instrument E1002 No VX4792 found on the bus You tried to use an instrument that is not a VX4792 Check that the instru ment s address setting is correct and is the same as the address being used by WaveWriter See the Configure Instruments selection in the Trans fer menu in WaveWriter s main menu E1003 Clock rate too slow Accept limit A clock rate that was outside the slowest limit for the instrument 0 1 s was entered You are offered the choice of changing the rate to the slowest value E1004 Clock rate too fast Accept limit A clock rate that was outside the fastest limit for the instrument 4 ns was entered You are offered the choice of changing the rate to the fastest value E1006 Waveform too long You tried to send a waveform that was too long for the instrument or tried to save it in an ISF file E1007 Envelope not supported You attempted to send an envelope waveform to the instrument The VX4792 does not support envelopes You may wish to use Envelope Decou ple to break the envelope
175. eform with Instrument dialog box select the instrument you just added AWG2020 from the Instrument List and click OK Note the instrument name is now in the title bar because you changed the default target instrument to the AWG2020 If the clock rate or display ampli tude is out of range for the new instrument WaveWriter issues an error message and provides instructions on how to correct the incompatibilities Step 5 Setting the Clock Rate Each waveform in memory has its own environment including the clock rate Changing the clock rate affects only the frequency of the current wave form and has no effect on other waveforms The waveform shape or size number of points is not affected only the time per point Perform the following steps to set the clock rate 1 From the Waveforms menu select Change Clock Rate Figure 2 3 shows the AWG2020 Clock Rate dialog box Note that you can enter the clock rate in either Time per Point or Frequency 2 Enter 2u in the Time per Point edit box NOTE The Time per Point entry nomenclature might be 2E 6 2u or 0 000002 frequency nomenclature might be 500K 500000 or 5E5 3 To see the equivalent Frequency entry press the TAB key The Frequency edit box is updated to 500k as shown in Figure 2 3 AWwG2000 Clock Rate Time per Point aus S Frequency Hz Figure 2 3 AWG 2000 Clock Rate Dialog Box WaveWriter AWE User Manual 2 13 Tutorial 4 Select OK to confirm t
176. elope Waveforms Envelope waveforms or waveforms with two Y values associated with each X value are written and read in the following format 0 0 5 0 5 2 00E 06 0 5252 0 4749 4 00E 06 0 5503 0 4497 6 00E 06 0 5754 0 4246 8 00E 06 0 6004 0 3995 1 00E 05 0 6255 0 3744 1 20E 05 0 6506 0 3493 1 40E 05 0 6757 0 3243 Appendices CSV K3 Format The ISF Format WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix B Waveform Formats 1 60E 05 0 7007 0 2992 1 80E 05 0 7258 0 2743 2 00E 05 0 7507 0 2493 When WaveWriter reads or writes CSV data the values listed in the Ymax column are not always greater than the values listed in the Ymin column WaveWriter represents the data internally by this method When using an envelope with an instrument having a maximum value less than a minimum value the waveform comparison will always fail There is another variation of CSV format referred to as CSV K3 This format is included for backward compatibility with WaveWriter version 3 which used CSV K3 as its CSV format The format is the same as the standard CSV except that there is an addition al line of explanatory text at the start of the file For normal waveforms the first line of a CSV K3 file written by WaveWriter will be X sec Y volts For envelope waveforms the first line will be X sec Ymax volts Ymin volts For reading by WaveWriter the first lin
177. enerator AFG 310 320 Series Arbitrary Function Generator AWG 2005 2020 2021 2040 2041 Arbitrary Waveform Generator AWG 510 520 Arbitrary Waveform Generator AWG 610 Arbitrary Waveform Generator AWG 5101 Arbitrary Waveform Generator AWG 5102 Arbitrary Waveform Generator AWG 5105 Arbitrary Waveform Generator TDS Series Oscilloscopes see Appendix L for instruments supported 2200 Series Oscilloscopes see Appendix M for instruments supported 2400 Series Oscilloscopes 11000 Series Oscilloscopes TVS 600 Series VXI Waveform Analyzer VX4790A VXI Arbitrary Waveform Generator VX4792 VXI Arbitrary Waveform Generator NOTE When the AFG310 320 is used it is suggested upgrading Driver by the attached file 063 0823 10 The file is a revised version of WaveWriter4 01E driver Install_AFG_Driver txt Disk 2 of 2 ex plains the method of upgrading Getting Started ee ASS Operating Basics Software Installation WaveWriter AWE User Manual Installation This section explains how to install WaveWriter on your personal computer and configure its internal option cards to allow GPIB communications WaveWriter is supplied on a 31 2 inch diskette 1 44 Mbyte Making a Backup Copy Magnetic diskettes are subject to physical damage and the data contained on them is easily destroyed by inadvertent stray magnetic fields A backup copy is inexpensive insurance against loss of data Before proceeding make a copy of each of
178. ent for quickly setting the horizontal scale for the best overall view of the current waveform 3 35 Displaying Waveforms NOTE In all cases the number of points in the waveform is used to adjust the horizontal scale If full display of the waveform cannot be ac complished because of amplitude offset limits waveform data will be clipped on the display but not lost See figures 3 19 through 3 22 for examples of how each Autoscale menu changes the display WaveWriterJAWE awg5105 2VLTS ADF File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms Clock 10uS Figure 3 19 Before Autoscaling 3 36 Reference Displaying Waveforms WaveWriterJAWE AW G5105 2VLTS ADF File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms Clock 10uS Figure 3 20 After Autoscale at Zero Volts WaveWriterJAWE awg5105 2VLTS ADF File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms Help Clock 10uS Figure 3 21 After Autoscale at Offset of 1 volt WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 37 Displaying Waveforms Show Crosshairs Show Multiple Waveforms Set Colors and Line Styles 3 38 WaveWrite AWE awg5105 2YLTS ADF File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms Clock 10uS Tp a ey os 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Points Figure 3 22 After Autoscale at Middle of Wim The screen cursor can be displayed as either a small cross or full screen crosshairs Selecting and
179. er Wavefunis Clock J4 9nS gt 54 41u8 micro Secands 183 62mv i Figure 2 16 5 Riser Staircase 21 Select the Display menu function Zoom Out to return to the original display The NTC 7 composite test signal is now complete Step 11 Save the Waveform as an ADIF file To save the NTC 7 composite waveform complete the following steps 1 From the File menu select Save The Save As dialog box appears The name you entered previously Lesson 2 appears as the default name in the File Name edit box 2 Scroll and select ADIF 1 0 from the Save File as Type list box at the bottom left 3 Select OK The file LESSON2 ADF is now saved Step 12 Load File NTC 7 ADF and Compare Results To check the accuracy of the composite waveform created in Lesson 2 compare it to the reference waveform NTC 7 ADF stored in memory 2 35 Tutorial 2 36 To recall the reference waveform from memory 1 From the File menu select Open The Open list box appears 2 Inthe File Name list box scroll and double click on the ntc 7 adf entry The Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog box appears 3 Select OK to associate the waveform with the AWG 2020 The NTC 7 reference waveform is loaded from memory and displayed as the current waveform in WaveWriter The waveform should closely match the Lesson2 waveform just created if the tutorial was followed correctly The waveform also appears as Figure 2 8 on Page 2 21
180. er than 16383 points Use the markers to segment off a section 16383 or less Send the portion between the markers to the instrument 0 8 Appendices Appendix P TVS 600 Series Dialogs and Messages This appendix describes the dialog boxes and error messages specific to the TVS600 Series Waveform Analyzer The TVS641 instrument dialog boxes are used as examples in the following discussion TVS600 series instru ments having different requirements or limits are specifically noted Change Clock Rate Use the following dialog box see Figure P 1 to change the current clock rate This reassigns the time per point and does not change the waveform shape or size Tyod 00 Series Clock Rate Enter ONE of the following Time Per Division 5 Time per Point ans 5 Erequency 250M Points 7 Second Figure P 1 TVS600 Series Clock Rate Dialog Box Time Per Division Enter the time in seconds The values must be in a 1 2 5 sequence from TVS621 50 ns div to 10 s div TVS641 50 ns div to 10 s div TVS625 10 ns div to 10 s div TVS645 10 ns div to 10 s div WaveWriter AWE User Manual P 1 Appendix Q TVS 600 Series Dialogs and Messages Time per Point Enter the time in seconds The values correspond to a time per division value in a 1 2 5 sequence and must be within range for the instrument TVS621 1 ns pt to 200 ms pt TVS641 1 ns pt to 200 ms pt TVS625 200 ps pt to 200 ms pt TVS645 200 ps pt to 200 ms pt Frequency E
181. er to go beyond this limit the Stop Marker moves only to the maximum length allowed Appends a copy of the waveform data stored in the edit buffer to the end of the current waveform following the last data point This extends the current waveform beyond its originally defined length Reverses the timing of the current waveform between and including the Start and Stop markers What was the the begging of the waveform segment is now the end and conversely Inverts the polarity of the current waveform between and including the Start and Stop markers around the current external offset WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 25 Editing Waveforms Horizontal Resolution A defined portion of the current waveform can be expanded or compressed along the horizontal axis Select Horizontal Resolution from the Edit menu to specify the processing region the dialog box shown in Figure 3 13 appears Horizontal Resolution Processing Region Entire Wim Between Markers Seconds Points Interval Between Markers Stop Start 600u 300 New Interval Seconds Points Transform Method Original Data to New Data Nearest Related Point Preserves Steps Faster Short Function General Purpose Standard Longer Function Preserves Sine Waves Slower Use Data Beyond Markers for New Data Calculation Yes Where Available No Figure 3 13 Horizontal Resolution Dialog Box Processing Region Define the length of
182. erwrite the existing file with the new waveform Load two more waveforms from disk using the following steps 20 From the File menu select Open Tutorial 2 18 21 From the File Name list box scroll and select the sample adf file then select OK Associate it with the AWG 2020 click AWG2020 on the Associate Waveform with Instrument menu to follow Select OK This time since the clock rate conforms to the default clock rate the wave form loads automatically and becomes the current waveform 22 From the File menu select Open Select the decay adf file and associate it with the AWG 2020 Again the waveform loads successfully and becomes the current waveform Step 8 Autoscaling the Current Waveform Loading the last two waveforms exceeded the vertical axis scale established previously in Set Axis Ranges Use the Autoscale Current Waveform function to automatically alter the vertical and horizontal scales for optimum display of the current waveform Perform the following steps to autoscale these waveforms 1 From the Display menu select Autoscale Current Waveform 2 Select At Middle of Waveform from the sub menu The vertical and horizontal ranges are automatically rescaled to accommo date the vertical height and record length of the current waveform Step 9 Zooming the Waveform The Zoom In feature magnifies a portion of the Waveform Display Area Use this function to improve resolution and detail for draw
183. es ISF files for the 2400 Series DSO is formatted in ASCII the data points are in binary as follows The text shown in parentheses is commentary and not part of the ISF format WFMPRE WFI 2400DSO ENCD BINA BN F RI XINC clock rate YMULT Volts per level YOFF offset PT F Y or enve lope CURVE high byte of count low byte of count data point 1 data point 1024 checksum High byte and low byte are the byte count 1025 High byte 04 low byte 01 hex Each data byte value ranges from 128 to 127 Appendix B Waveform Formats 11000 Series Oscilloscopes ISF files for the 11000 DSA Series Oscilloscopes are formatted in ASCII the data points are in binary or ASCII as follows Text shown in parentheses is commentary and not part of the ISF format The ISF format for the 11000 DSA configured on a COM port with XON XOFF Soft handshaking is BIT NR 16 BN FMT RI BYT NR 2 BYT OR LSB CRVCHK NONE ENCDG ASCII NR PT number of points PT FMT Y or Env XINCR clock rate YMULT Volts per level YZERO offset CURV ASCII number for point 1 ASCII number for point 2 ASCII number for last point The ISF format for all others is WFMPRE BIT NR 16 BN FMT RI BYT NR 2 BYT OR LSB CRVCHK NONE ENCDG BINARY NR PT number of points PT FMT Y or Env XINCR clockrate YMULT Volts per level YZERO offset CURV low byte of count high byte of count low byte of point 1 high byt
184. es of CSV K3 files should be of the form lt label1 gt lt label2 gt for normal waveforms or lt label3 gt lt label4 gt lt labelb gt for envelope waveforms Where lt labelN gt can be any ASCII text of the characters other than 0 thru 9 or or The Instrument Specific Format files created by WaveWriter are structured for instrument specific use These files may be called with external routines and sent to the digital memory of target instruments You should be cautious when attempting to read or write this format to nonWave Writer software packages ISF formatted file examples for each instrument type follow below In each example except for the AWG510 AWG520 and AWG610 the data values shown enclosed in brackets are descriptive rather than literal and must be replaced with actual data Similarly the brackets are not part of the actual data string Although each item in the example is shown on a separate line the data is sequential There is no implied carriage return line feed separa tor Appendix B Waveform Formats B 6 AFG320 310 ISF files for the AFG320 310 are formatted as shown below The text in parentheses is commentary and is not part of the ISF format Although the text is divided up into lines below this for clarity only there are no newline characters in AFG320 310 ISF files SOUR1 VOLT OFFS 0 SOUR1 VOLT AMPLITUDE n nnnv SOUR1 VOLT OFFSET n nnnV SOUR1 FREQUENCY 10mHz Initially s
185. escribe the time range t from the beginning to the end of the waveform segment Enter the point values in either points or seconds Points are converted to time when the calculation is complete Time t Time is the running variable represented by t When creating an equation t is initially the time at the Start Point and is incremented to the time at the Stop Point This is true for all actions except insert In this case time is initially zero and increments to time Stop Start Clock Rate The system clock rate m Frequency Defined as 1 points cycle x clock rate Amplitude The waveform amplitude m Offset The DC offset of the waveform Equation 1 542 0 sin 2 pi 1000 t Horizontal Action D Replace Start Point 0 points O Insert Sop Point secomts ada New Waveform Waveform Name Add Equation to Library Library Ok Cancei Helm _ Figure 3 27 Equation Dialog Box 3 53 Creating Waveforms 3 54 Equation The Equation edit box allows entry of a mathematical expres sion to define the waveform Character and operator entries must be a string with no spaces WaveWriter supports the following operators parenthesis addition subtraction multiplication division exponentiation The following functions are supported sqrt square root sin sine sine cos cosine tan tangent asin _arcsine acos arccosin
186. et the offset to zero Amplitude engineering notation Offset engineering notation Waveform Frequency engineer ing notation ann NT FORM BORD NORM Select normal byte order DATA EMEM start of waveform data waveform to edit buffer length of byte count string ASCII character string byte count string ASCII character string high byte low byte first data point high byte low byte high byte low byte last data point Amplitude Offset and frequency values can be integer or decimal Point data values can be in the range 0 to 4094 The frequency value is the instrument s waveform repetition frequency wrf not the clock frequency For a clock frequency of F the waveform repetition frequency is given by wrt F N where N is the number of points You will notice that the offset voltage is set twice in the above file format The first time sets it to zero and the second time sets it to the required value If the zero setting is not done and the instrument happens to have an offset that is of greater magnitude than the required value some amplitude values that are legal in combination with the required value will be rejected by the instrument Setting the offset to zero allows any value of amplitude up to the absolute maximum The first offset setting must use the abbreviated com mand OFFS not the full command OFFSET This allows WaveWriter to find the correct setting when readi
187. evels This only happens if Send Between Markers is selected Also sets the Min and Max data of the displayed waveform to the Don t Care level OK Selecting OK sets all parameters and sends the current waveform to the specified reference memory location in the target instrument Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Appendix L TDS Series Dialogs and Messages TDS Series Waveform Detail This dialog box see Figure L 4 lists the values used by the instrument to display the waveform on the screen TDS Series Display Detail INCH 2 00005 6 5 Pt SCALE 5 00005 1 Div YOFF Levels YZERD Y Figure L 4 TDS Series Instrument Dependent Detail Dialog Box XINCR Lists the X axis seconds per point YSCALE Lists the Y axis amplitude in volts per division The value deter mines the size of the waveform on the display To change the value increase or decrease the display amplitude of the waveform YOFF Lists the external offset in unscaled levels YZERO Lists the external offset in volts This field is used when the external offset is too large to express in unscaled levels OK Select OK to close the dialog box L 8 Appendices Appendix L TDS Series Dialogs and Messages Driver Limits These drivers use the limits listed below to determine valid display ampli tude offset and clock rate Display Amplitude The valid range is 20 24 mV t
188. existing waveform Flip waveforms horizontally and vertically Change horizontal and vertical resolution Display Set waveform and screen display characteristics Draw Modify an existing waveform or envelope Create Generate a waveform from an equation Generate a sine triangle square and pulse Create an envelope m SigProc Signal Processing Add subtract multiply divide waveforms Perform scalar operations on waveforms 1 1 Overview What You Get With This Program What You Need to Run This Software Transfer Setup and configure communication parameters Move data from instruments to WaveWriter Move data from WaveWriter to instruments Waveforms Change amplitude offset and clock rate Associate waveform with different instruments Set additional waveform information Display waveform information Clear or rename waveforms Select new current waveform Help WaveWriter provides help screens to aid in using the program You should receive the following items with this product One 31 2 inch diskette The WaveWriter User manual A registration card that entitles you to future updates Be sure to send it in WaveW riter runs in a Microsoft Windows environment Microsoft Windows Version 3 1 or later must be installed on your system before running Wa veWriter See the Microsoft Windows User s Guide for installation instruc tions The Computer The recommended Minimum configuration for your system is 386
189. ffset 0 V Start 0s Stop 10 us Clock 10 ns Edit 146970 to change the original frequency of the wave WaveWriter AWE User Manual C 5 Appendix C Equation Library sinc200n sin 2 pi 10 5 t 10 4 10 10 2 pi 10 5 t 10 4 10 10 Sinc200n is a sin x x or sinc waveform The peak of the sinc is at t 200 s with a frequency of 100 kHz The 10710 factors are used to avoid division by zero problems The factors are small enough to not change the waveform significantly View at Amp 2 V Offset 0 V Start 0s Stop 200 us Clock 10 ns The argument to the sine function and the denominator of the fraction must be identical to preserve the sin x x relationship Edit 705 to alter the frequency of the wave Edit 1074 to alter the center of the sinc where the peak is SqrWave sin 6 t pi 333 sin 3 6 t pi 2 sin 5 6 t pi 1428 sin 7 6 t pi 111 sin 9 6 t pi SqrWave is a series expansion which reduces a square wave to its component sine waves This is only the first five members of the series The base waveform is a 3 Hz sine wave View at Amp 4 V Offset 0 V Start 0s Stop 1s Clock 1 ms Edit the 6 in all of the series members to alter the frequency of the square wave Appendices Appendix D Sample Equations The derivation of several equations is briefly described in this section The equations reside in the Equation Library ac
190. files can have a variety of formats which are only similar in that the waveform data they contain is in a binary format When this format is selected and OK is clicked the user will be prompted for additional parameters to define the exact format See the Binary Import Option dialog box in Figure 3 8 ASCII ASC These files can have a variety of formats which are only similar in that the waveform data they contain is written in ASCII characters When this format is selected and OK is clicked the user will be prompted for additional parameters to define the exact format See the ASCII Import Option dialog box in Figure 3 9 Directories Lists the resident hierarchical directory structure including parallel directories Used in conjunction with the Drives list box below Use the Directories list box to find directory that contains the file you want to read in To switch directories double click on the folder for the desired directory To move to the root of a drive double click on the folder next to the drive name The associated list boxes will update to reflect the new directory structure Drives Use the Drives list box to switch drives Scroll and select the drive you wish to use The associated list boxes will update to reflect the new directory structure OK Loads the selected waveform file as the current waveform or updates the list box if the entry was a wild card If you specified a nonexistent file in the File
191. files is ISF However the LabWindows soft front panel uses the extension BIN as the default when reading the files VX4792 The VX4792 is closely related to the AWG2000 series of arbitrary waveform generators so the driver has been designed to read and create ISF files in the same format as that series To be precise the format used is the same as for 12 bit instruments such as the AWG2020 See the AWG2000 section in this Appendix for details WaveWriter AWE User Manual B 15 Appendix B Waveform Formats B 16 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix C Equation Library This section discusses each equation in the Equation Library Access the Equation Library with the Create Equation Library dialog box 10ksine 5 sin 2 pi 10 4 t 10ksine is a 10 kHz sine wave with a 5 volt peak amplitude View at Amp 10 V Offset 0 V Start 0s Stop 100 us Clock 100 ns Edit the 5 to change the peak amplitude Edit 107 to change the frequency 10ksine 5 5 sin 2 pi 10 4 t 10ksine is a 10 kHz sine wave with a 5 volt peak amplitude and 5 volt DC offset View at Amp 10 V Offset 5 V Start 0s Stop 100 us Clock 100 ns Edit the first 5 to change the DC offset Edit the second 5 to change the peak amplitude Edit 107 to change the frequency 2Tpulse 7143 sin 2 pi t 000033923 795924 86 2 See the Tutorial for use AMmod sin pi 10 t 10 cos 2 pi 10 t
192. folder next to the drive name The associated list boxes will update to reflect the new directory structure Drives Use the Drives list box to switch drives Scroll and select the drive you wish to use The associated list boxes will update to reflect the new directory structure OK Stores the current waveform file to the specified location using the selected file format If the specified file name already exists you are prompted requesting if you want to overwrite the existing file Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 13 File Operations Import 3 14 The Import menu selection can be used to retrieve a waveform from a file written by another software system or instrument You can import from a file written in any of the formats TDS WFM AWG WFM TDS ASCII and IQSIM ASCII Waveforms in Files in general ASCII and binary formats can also be imported File Name Directories sample wim E E cA Cancel i E List Files of Type Drives c ibmdos_j5 Figure 3 7 The Import Dialog Box File Name Enter the name of the waveform to be loaded in the File Name edit box or click on one of the names in the list box To change direc tories or drives use the Directories and or Drives list boxes You can choose the kind of files listed in the File Name list box by selecting entries from the List Files of Type list box or by specifying
193. followed by a brief explanation and corrective actions Error and warning messages are specific to the actions that create them For example if a message is related to an invalid edit box entry and you select the error message OK box WaveWriter returns you to the original dialog box to correct the action In general WaveWriter does not check entered values for validity until you select OK An error or warning message item enclosed in square brackets appears with actual values in the error message box when displayed If you receive an error or warning message that is not included here it may be a message that is specific to an instrument that you are using with Wa veWriter Refer to the instrument s appendix for details of instrument specific error and warning messages If the message cannot be found here or in the appendix for your instrument itis probably a Microsoft Windows message Refer to the Microsoft User manual for exact information E300 Out of memory WaveWriter has insufficient memory available to perform the selected opera tion Clear any unneeded waveforms or programs from memory and try again E301 Window creation failed WaveWriter has insufficient memory available to create a window Clear any unneeded waveforms or programs from memory E302 Error accessing list box Insufficient memory is available to fill a list box and complete a list of entries Clear any unneeded waveforms or program
194. for a new waveform name The ac quired waveform becomes the current waveform The previous current waveform is now a background waveform Name Enter a valid name for the waveform being acquired Appendix M 2200 Series Dialogs and Messages OK When OK is selected the waveform is acquired loaded into memory and displayed as the current waveform Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Conformance to Target If the acquired waveform data does not conform to the target instrument s ranges voltage and timing data are affected Voltage If the acquired waveform amplitude exceeds the display window limits the waveform is clipped on the display No data is lost however Clock Rate If the clock rate does not match a warning is displayed and you are prompted for one of the following solutions m Change the clock rate of the incoming waveform to the current clock rate m Massage expands or compresses the incoming waveform to maintain a timing match m Change the current clock rate to match the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instrument this option is grayed out and unavailable Cancel the acquisition and return to the main menu Driver Limits This driver uses the limits listed below to determine valid display amplitude offset and clock rate Display Amplitude The valid range is 20 24 ms to 25 400 V Ex
195. form expansion or compression use the Change Clock Rate selection in the Waveforms menu Second to alter the clock rate while maintaining the timing relationship use the Horizontal Resolution selection in the Edit menu When a waveform is acquired from an instrument or read in from a file select either the current clock rate the clock rate of the waveform or mas sage the data from the acquired rate to the current rate Offset Some instruments represent offset as a value external to the data WaveWrit er represents offset in only one way as part of the data If data is acquired from an instrument that represents offset separately WaveWriter appends the data for closest approximation to the instrument Display Amplitude and Bit range The horizontal axis represents time displayed in either points or seconds Its maximum peak to peak display amplitude should not exceed the maximum peak to peak amplitude of the target instrument Although the waveform amplitude may exceed this limit If the data is clipped on the display it will be clipped when sent to a target instrument or saved to an instrument spe cific file The vertical axis amplitude represents the full bit range of the target instru ment That is if the vertical axis range is set from 5 to 5 Volts and the target instrument has 12 bit resolution 5 Volts would represent level 2047 and 5 Volts would represent 2047 Delimiting Waveforms Markers delimit segments
196. h Instrument Dialog Box Complete the dialog boxes with the following selections Instrument List Associate the new waveform with a target instrument from the nstrument List box Display Select one of two options Use Current Amp Offset The Axis Ranges for the new waveform will be identical to those of the current selected waveform Autoscale at middle of Wim The waveform is displayed as if the Display Autoscale at middle of Wfm menu were selected OK Associates the new waveform with the designated target instrument and adjusts the amplitude offset as specified in the Display group Cancel Select Cancel to abort and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close 3 52 Reference Equation WaveWriter AWE User Manual Creating Waveforms You can create waveforms from an equation The equation defines the characteristics of the waveform mathematically Equations can be saved in the library see Add Equation to Library and recalled for future use see Library When you select Equation from the Create menu the dialog box in Figure 3 27 appears Equation Elements You need to consider and set the following elements when creating an equation Start Stop Points The Start and Stop Points d
197. h to overwrite it LOAD A waveform file which already exists in the instrument is loaded into the output The file is specified by selecting a file name from the wave form list The output and trigger options are also set in the instrument Control returns to the main menu after selecting LOAD R 4 Appendices Appendix R VX4792 Dialogs and Messages DELETE A waveform file in the instrument is deleted The file is specified by selecting a file name from the waveform list There is no effect on instru ment output and trigger options Control returns to the main menu after selecting DELETE WAVEFORM OUTPUT ON When this box is checked then after the waveform is sent it will be loaded into the output port and the switch on the output port will be closed Output A number of instrument output options can be set as follows m Mode This is used to specify the trigger mode The following selections are available CONTINUOUS The waveform is ouput continuously TRIGGERED When a trigger is received the waveform is ouput once GATED The waveform is output when a trigger is present and stops when it is not present BURST When a trigger is received the waveform is output the number of times specified in the Count box The count box is grayed unless BURST is selected m Filter Specifies the cut off point of the low pass filter applied to the output The options available are 50MHz 20M
198. he Waveform Environment The selected waveform is always the current waveform all portions of the display refer to this waveform Additional waveforms if any are called background waveforms Background waveforms may be displayed within the current waveform environment subject to the current display parame ters To avoid reflected clock rate differences when displaying background waveforms the X axis is displayed as if the waveforms were in point mode If the current waveform is altered with the Waveforms menu the display changes to reflect the new environment The Target Instrument Fundamental to WaveWriter is the concept of the target instrument The target instrument is the instrument for which you are creating waveforms The instrument defines specific parameters and limits such as the clock rate and vertical display ranges When acquiring a waveform from an instrument other than the target instrument or recalling one from a file you are auto matically informed of any parameter discrepancies You can then alter the waveform to conform to the target instrument limits Each time you create a new waveform you must identify a target instrument This process ensures that all waveforms are compatible with the target instrument 2 3 Using WaveWriter 2 4 Clock Rate Each waveform has a unique clock rate and there are two methods for altering the clock rate First to reassign the time point for the waveform without wave
199. he acceptable range is 40 ps pt to 0 1 s pt For all other 2400 Series instruments the acceptable range is 100 ps pt to 0 1 s pt Both clock rates must conform to a 1 2 5 sequence Maximum Number of Points The maximum number of points you can send to an instrument is 1024 2400 Series Error Messages E1100 Error acquiring waveform from 2400 DSO An error was detected when acquiring a waveform from a 2400 Series instrument Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1101 Error sending waveform to 2400 DSO An error was detected when sending a waveform to the 2400 Series instru ment Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1102 All addresses searched No 2400 DSO found All primary addresses were checked for the presence of a 2400 Series instrument and none were found Check the GPIB cables for secure attach ment and try again E1103 Data has more than 1024 points Too large for 2400 DSO record length When attempting to send a waveform to the 2400 Series instrument the waveform size was greater than the maximum record length of 1024 Use the markers to segment off a section of the appropriate size Send the portion between the markers to the instrument WaveWriter AWE User Manual N 7 Appendix N 2400 Series Dialogs and Messages N 8 E1104 2400 DSO cannot run at clock rates slower than 0 1 sec point 5 0 sec div Is 0 1 sec point acceptable A clock rate t
200. he amplitude and offset must conform to the following relation ship Amplitude 2 Offset lt 7 5 V Time per Point The valid time per point ranges from 20 ns to 150 s Maximum Number of Points The maximum number of points that can be sent to the instrument is 262145 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix K AWG 5105 Dialogs and Messages AWG 5105 Error Messages E1001 Error sending waveform to AWG 5105 An error was detected when sending a waveform to the AWG 5105 Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1002 All addresses searched No AWG 5105 found All primary addresses were checked for the presence of an AWG 5105 and none were found Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1003 Current clock rate is invalid for AWG 5105 Accept upper limit of 150 s A clock rate that is above the upper limit for the AWG 5105 was entered The acceptable range is 20 ns to 150 s You are offered the opportunity to change the clock rate to the upper limit E1004 Current clock rate is invalid for AWG 5105 Accept lower limit of 20ns A clock rate that is below the lower limit for the AWG 5105 was entered The acceptable range is 20ns to150 s You are offered the opportunity to change the clock rate to the lower limit E1006 Waveform exceeds limit for AWG 5105 Must be less than or equal to 262144 You attempted to send a waveform to the AWG 5105 the w
201. he clock rate selection The Clock readout just below Help in the Menu Bar indicates the new clock rate The horizontal axis units also update to reflect any changes NOTE The appearance of the AWG 2000 Clock Rate dialog is the same for all instruments in the AWG 2000 series Do not be confused by this provided you carried out Step 4 in this tutorial correctly WaveWriter knows that your waveform is associated with an AWG2020 If you think that you have made a mistake check that the driver wawg2020 drv is displayed against the name AWG2020 in the Configure Instrument dialog box and correct as necessary Also check that the name AWG2020 is displayed in the title bar of the WaveWriter main window and use the Waveforms gt Associate Waveform selection to associate the waveform with the instrument named AWG2020 if necessary Step 6 Setting the Axis Ranges The Set Axis Ranges menu adjusts the vertical and horizontal display scales controlling which portion of the overall waveform is displayed If a portion of the waveform extends outside the axis range it is clipped Clipped wave forms can be restored by setting a wider range with the Set Axis Ranges dialog box Perform the following steps to change the axis ranges 1 From the Display menu select Set Axis Ranges Figure 2 4 shows the Set Axis Ranges dialog box 2 Set the Vertical range by entering 2 5 in the Amplitude Pk Pk edit box The vertica
202. he following equations define the rest of the template 2nd half of the Maximum Waveform With the 1st half of the DSX 2 pulse template as the current waveform select Create Equation and choose Replace as the Action Then enter the following values Equation 0 1 0 72 x exp 2 13 x t 158 4 x 1079 0 92 Start 147 ns Stop 350 ns In the Equation edit box enter 1 72 exp 2 13 t 158 4 10 9 92 To generate the minimum waveform from the template create a new waveform consisting of the following two parts 1st half of the Minimum Waveform From the Create Equation menu select the New Waveform option button and enter the following parameters Equation 0 5 x 1 sin n 2 x 1 t 158 4 x 10 9 0 72 0 205 Start 50 ns Stop 150 ns Clock 1 ns In the Equation edit box enter 5 1 sin pi 2 1 t 158 4 10 9 72 205 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix D Sample Equations 2nd half of the Minimum Waveform From the Create gt Equation dialog box again choose the Replace option button Then enter the following parameters Equation 0 331 x exp 1 9 x t 158 4 x 1079 1 02 Start 151 ns Stop 350 ns In the Equation edit box enter 331 exp 1 9 t 158 4 10 9 1 02 Now use Create gt Envelope Couple to combine these two waveforms and create your DSX 2 Template Appendix D Sample
203. he instrument Check the GPIB settings and try again E1002 No lt device gt found on the bus The configured primary address was checked for the presence of an instru ment and none were found Check the GPIB settings and try again E1003 Clock rate too slow Accept limit A clock rate above the upper limit for the instrument was entered You are offered the opportunity to change the clock rate to the upper limit E1004 Clock rate too fast Accept limit A clock rate below the lower limit for the instrument was entered You are offered the opportunity to change the clock rate to the lower limit E1006 Waveform too long When attempting to send a waveform to an AWG500 600 series instrument the waveform size was greater than the maximum record length See Driver Limits page H 8 in the section for the record length limit for your instru ment Use the markers to segment off a smaller section of the waveform and send only that portion to the instrument E1007 Envelope not supported You attempted to either save an envelope to an instrument specific file or send an envelope to the instrument AWG500 600 series instruments do not support envelopes Consider using Envelope Decouple to break the enve lope into two component waveforms then send them individually Appendix H AWG500 600 Series Dialogs and Messages H 10 Appendices Appendix I AFG5101 5501 Dialogs and Messages WaveWriter AWE User Man
204. he total length of the waveform Clock Rate Lists the time per point horizontal waveform data External Clock Indicates the use of an external clock by the instrument if any Markers Lists the Marker Start Stop values in points or seconds Instrument dependent Details Invokes additional instrument related information OK Selecting OK clears the Waveform Detail dialog box Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close 3 96 Reference Modifying and Listing Waveforms Following the Waveform Detail menu selection the Waveforms menu lists all currently loaded waveforms as menu items see Figure 3 55 the current waveform appears with a check to its left To designate a new waveform as the current waveform select another waveform from the list Waveform List Waveforms Change Clock Rate Change Amplitude Offset Associate Waveform Waveform Summary Wavetorm Detail 2 LTS ADF newtri x TIENY ISF Figure 3 55 Waveforms Menu WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 97 Modifying and Listing Waveforms 3 98 Reference Appendices Error Messages WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix A Error and Warning Messages This section describes system errors and warning messages These mes sages are listed in numerical order
205. he valid time per point ranges from 100 ns to 999 9 s Maximum Number of Points The maximum number of points that can be sent to the instrument is 32768 WaveWriter AWE User Manual J 5 Appendix J AFG 5102 AWG 5102 Dialogs and Messages AFG 5102 5505 Error Messages E1001 Error sending waveform to AFG 5102 5502 An error was detected when sending a waveform to the AFG 5102 5502 Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1002 All addresses searched No AFG 5102 5502 found All primary addresses were checked for the presence of an AFG 5102 5502 and none were found Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1003 Current clock rate is invalid for AFG 5102 5502 Accept upper limit of 999 9 s A clock rate that is above the upper limit for the AFG 5102 5502 was en tered The acceptable range is 100 ns to 999 9 s You are offered the oppor tunity to change the clock rate to the upper limit E1004 Current clock rate is invalid for AFG 5102 5502 Accept lower limit of 100 ns A clock rate that is below the lower limit for the AFG 5102 5502 was entered The acceptable range is 100 ns to 999 9 s You are offered the opportunity to change the clock rate to the lower limit E1006 Waveform exceeds limit for AFG 5102 5502 Must be less than or equal to 32768 When attempting to send a waveform to the AFG 5102 the waveform size was greater than the maximum record length of 327
206. hlight an entry from this list to identify a driver Port Lists the PC hardware ports or busses available for data transfer Highlight an entry from this list to identify your port configuration Address Use these edit boxes to define the target instrument address es Entries in the edit boxes change with the Port selection If a GPIB port is selected enter the Primary and or Secondary address of the target instru ment 0 31 If VXI is selected as the port the dialog changes slightly and in place of the Primary and Secondary addresses a single Logical Address must be entered If a COM port is selected read the Set RS232 Options discussion on Page 3 85 for detailed information Add Includes the configuration specified in the lower edit and list boxes in the Configuration List as a new entry Delete Removes the currently highlighted entry from the Configuration List box You cannot delete the current target instrument or an instrument that has waveforms associated with it Change The configuration specified in the lower edit and list boxes replaces the parameters of the currently highlighted entry in the Configura tion List OK Incorporates the specified additions deletions and changes into the Configuration List If you have just created or modified an existing configura tion and forgot to select Add or Change you are prompted to save the configuration Following a reply you are returned to the main menu
207. ices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix G AWG 2000 Series Dialogs and Messages Create Waveform You are prompted for a new waveform name The acquired waveform becomes the current waveform The previous cur rent waveform is now a background waveform Waveform Name Enter a valid name for the waveform being ac quired OK When OK is selected the waveform is acquired loaded into memory and displayed as the current waveform Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Conformance to Target If the acquired waveform data does not conform to the target instrument s ranges voltage data and timing data are affected Voltage If the acquired waveform amplitude exceeds the display window limits the waveform is clipped on the display No data is lost however Clock Rate If the clock rate does not match a warning is displayed and you are prompted for one of the following solutions m Change the clock rate of the incoming waveform to the current clock rate m Massage expands or compresses the incoming waveform to maintain a timing match m Change the current clock rate to match the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instrument this option is grayed out and unavailable Cancel the acquisition and return to the main menu G 3 Appendix G AWG 2000 Series Dialogs and Messages Send Waveform You can send
208. ide Waveforms 3 78 Multiply by Scalar 3 78 Multiply Waveforms 3 78 Processing Region 3 78 Subtract Waveforms 3 78 signed integer 3 16 sine squared 3 65 sine waves 3 58 square waves 3 66 starting WaveWriter 2 10 stop bits 3 86 subtract waveforms 3 78 summarize waveform details 3 95 summary tutorial 2 48 supported instruments 1 4 system configuration memory 1 2 1 3 monitor 1 2 optional equipment 1 3 personal computer 1 2 T target instrument 2 3 2 11 3 83 3 90 TDS Series acquire waveform L 4 change clock rate L 1 conformance to target L 5 dialogs amp messages L 1 driver limits L 9 error messages L 10 send waveform L 6 waveform detail L 8 TDS500 Series Tutorial 2 42 2 48 title bar 2 5 Index tolerance add to waveform 3 71 Horizontal 3 72 Vertical 3 71 Transfer menu 3 83 Acquire 3 87 Configure Instrument 3 83 send 3 88 transfer waveform 3 83 3 88 triangle waves 3 60 tutorial 2 9 TVS600 Series dialogs amp messages P 1 TVS6000 Series acquire waveform P 3 change clock rate P 1 conformance to target P 4 P 7 driver limits P 8 error messages P 9 U Undo 3 23 3 24 3 93 units choice 2 8 units of measure 2 7 V version number 3 22 VX4790A acquire waveform Q 2 change clock rate Q 1 conformance to target Q 3 dialogs amp messages Q 1 error messages Q 9 send waveform Q 4 VX4792 change clock rate R 1 conformance to target R
209. idually E1008 Number of points to send Beginning Address exceeds 8192 When attempting to send a waveform to the AFG 5101 5501 the beginning address specified plus the number of waveform points selected exceeds the maximum record length of 8192 Either change the beginning address to a smaller value or move the markers to alter the number of points being sent Appendices Appendix J AFG5102 AWG5102 Dialogs and Messages This appendix describes the dialog boxes and error messages specific to the AFG 5102 5502 and AWG 5102 5502 The AFG and AWG differ in only a few areas If you have an AFG 5102 5502 the information also applies to the AWG 5102 5502 Change Clock Rate Use the following dialog box see Figure J 1 to change the current clock rate This reassigns the time per point and does not change the waveform shape or size AFG 5102 5502 Clock Rate Time per Point 5 or Frequency Figure J 1 AFG 5102 5502 Clock Rate Dialog Box Time per Point Enter the time in seconds The valid range is 50 ns to 99 9 s Frequency Enter the frequency in Hz The valid range is 10 to 20 MHz OK When the new clock rate is entered and OK is selected the clock rate display above the Waveform Display Area updates with the new clock rate If the horizontal axis is displayed in seconds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the mai
210. ied to the output of the selected channel or to select that no filter is applied the Through selection The choices available depend on the instrument AWG 2005 5 MHz 2 MHz 1 MHz 500 kHz AWG 2020 2021 50 MHz 20 MHz 5 MHz 1 MHz AWG 2040 2040 100 MHz 50 MHz 20 MHz 10 MHz Output Filter is grayed if Load to Channel is not selected Marker Bits This is used to set whether and when marker signals are output by the instrument Marker 1 and Marker 2 show the current On Off state of the markers for the currently selected channel Clicking on the Set Marker button causes the Marker Setup dialog box to be displayed allowing the user to input marker signal state and position settings See below for a description of the Marker Setup dialog box NOTE Marker signals should not be confused with WaveWriter s marker flags they are entirely different things The Between Markers button above and Marker Bits have no connection with each other Nor do marker flag positions have any effect on marker signal positions set in the Marker Setup dialog box see Below OK Clicking on OK sends the waveform and sets the selected settings If the length of the waveform is not acceptable to the instrument a dialog box informing the user will be displayed The dialog presents a choice of actions truncating to the closest legal length rounding up to the nearest legal length or cancelling the send and returning to the main menu De pending
211. ied with Envelope Max or Envelope Min Drawing Segments With the exception of Nodraw the operation of each Draw menu selection is similar With a waveform selected from memory you can use either the keyboard or mouse to draw waveform segments If the keyboard is used make your selection from the Draw menu and press ENTER Use the direction keys to position the cursor at the starting line segment location Press ENTER or SPACEBAR With the direction keys move the cursor to mark the ending line segment location Press ENTER or SPACEBAR to fill in the line NOTE To access a waveform for drawing the cursor must be within the limits of the Waveform Display Area When moving the cursor with the direction keys pressing CONTROL DIRECTION moves the cursor faster 3 41 Drawing Waveforms Coordinates The Cursor X Y coordinate readouts are continually updated as the cursor moves allowing accurate positioning of the cursor Vertical changes in cursor position indicate a change in voltage whereas horizontal changes in cursor position indicate a change in time or points whichever is selected Screen Redraw In draw mode pressing the RIGHT mouse button redraws the screen Nodraw Nodraw terminates the current drawing mode Nodraw is automatically selected if you choose an operation from any other menu Freehand When Freehand is selected moving the cursor in the horizontal and vertical directions defines the wav
212. in parts lt Waveform File gt lt Preamble gt lt Header gt lt Body gt lt Trailer gt where lt Preamble gt SOUR1 VOLT AMPL lt space gt lt Amp _ Volt gt OFFS lt space gt lt Ofs_Volt gt MMEM DATA lt space gt lt FName gt lt Ttl Digits gt lt Ttl Bytes gt lt Amp_Volt gt is the voltage amplitude value in ASCII lt Ofs_Volt gt is the voltage offset value in ASCII lt FName gt is the waveform file name The file name must be sur rounded by double quotations lt Ttl_Digits gt means the number of digits in lt TtlBytes gt This number is expressed in ASCII lt Ttl Bytes gt means the total byte counts of the rest of the file in cluding lt Header gt lt Body gt lt Trailer gt lt Header gt MAGIC lt space gt 2000 lt CR gt lt LF gt lt Body gt lt Num_digits gt lt Num_bytes gt lt Data 1 gt lt Data n gt lt Num_digits gt means the number of digits in lt Num_bytes gt This number is expressed in ASCII lt Num_bytes gt means the byte count of the data that follows This number is expressed in ASCII lt Data n gt lt Low Byte gt lt High Byte gt is the 10 8 bit offset binary number of 2 byte Little Endian format The zero volt corresponds to the hex code Ox1FF The bit 13 and bit 14 represent the marker 1 and 2 respectively The bit 10 11 12 and 15 are unused and must be 0 For the AWG610 00 to 07 correspond to bit2 to bit9 and bitO and 1 must be 0 lt Trailer gt
213. ine squared selection For Ramp Rise and Fall are altered by a factor of 1 25 For Sine squared they are altered by a factor of 2 073878 Check your entries and correct any invalid responses E364 Invalid Number 0 lt Duty Cycle lt 100 For the menu selection Square the Duty Cycle entered was invalid The duty cycle must be greater than 0 and less than 100 E365 An envelope waveform cannot be coupled For the menu selection Envelope Couple you entered an input waveform name that is already an envelope waveform To use Envelope Couple supply two input waveform names that are not envelope waveforms and another name for the output waveform E366 An envelope waveform must be selected to decouple For the menu selection Envelope Decouple you entered a nonenvelope waveform name in response to the prompt for an input waveform To use Envelope Decouple supply an input waveform name of an envelope wave form already in memory and two waveform names to identify the output Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix A Error and Warning Messages E367 The name waveform is the same as the envelope waveform They must be unique For the menu selection Envelope Couple one of the input waveform names is identical to the name selected as the output waveform Enter a unique name for the input E368 No tolerance has been entered Try again or cancel For the menu selection Envelope Tolerance no toleran
214. ing To zoom the waveform use the following steps 1 From the Display menu select Zoom In The upper left hand corner of the zoom box becomes the cursor 2 We will magnify the second cycle of decay adf To identify the region for zooming place the Cursor Coordinates readout at x 378 ps y 3 53 V Press the LEFT mouse button and drag the lower right hand corner to approximately x 766 us y 300 mV Release the mouse button The region within the box is now magnified 3 To return to the original display select Zoom Out from the Display menu Step 10 Changing the Current Waveform Most WaveWriter functions operate on the current waveform When you load a new waveform from disk it automatically become the current waveform To designate another waveform as the current waveform use one of the follow ing methods Operating Basics WaveWriter AWE User Manual Tutorial 1 From the Waveforms menu select a new waveform from the bottom of the list waveforms must be loaded to be listed Note that the checked waveform is the current waveform When you select a new waveform the display color and title bar reflect its status as the current waveform 2 From the Waveforms menu select Waveforms Summary The Waveform Summary lists each waveform currently in memory The associated instrument record length and waveform type are displayed The waveform Type is either waveform Norm or envelope Env The current waveform is high
215. instrument If given the settings for the send opera tion and the instrument options the length is too long a dialog is displayed allowing the user to choose between truncating the waveform or aborting the send and returning to the main menu Cancel Abort the send operation and return to the main menu Driver Limits This driver uses the limits given below to validate the parameters for send operations and to check displayed parameters Display Amplitude The range is 50 mV and 10 00 V Offset The VX4790A has no offset capability so maximum and minimum limits are both zero NOTE If you want a waveform with an offset to be output the offset must be added into the waveform data This can be done at the time the waveform is created or for an existing waveform an offset can be added using the Add Scalar selection in the SigProc menu of WaveWriter s main menu Time Per Point The range is 40 ns to 1 33s Q 8 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix Q VX4790A Dialogs and Messages Maximum Number of Points When data is being sent to or acquired from a page in memory the maximum number of points is 65536 Note however that the number of pages varies depending on instrument options as shown below When paged memory is not being used the maximum number of points depends on the options that are included in your instru ment No options 262 144 points 4 pages Option01 524 288 points 8 pages
216. int is not defined as zero all data points preceding Start are set to zero volts The equation Stop Point defines the end of the waveform Waveform Name If you select New Waveform this edit box is displayed Enter a name for the new waveform Reference Creating Waveforms Add Equation to Library This feature adds newly created equations to the library You are prompted for a name to identify the new waveform selecting OK accepts the name WaveWriter does not check for duplicate library filenames Give the Equation a Name Equation Name a Figure 3 28 Give the Equation a Name Dialog Box Library Use this selection to access the Equation library A list of equa tions appears as shown in Figure 3 29 Highlight to select an equation from the list Library of Equations lt 10ksine gt 5 sin 2 pi lt 10ksine gt 5 5 sin 2 pi71074 t lt 2T pulse gt 7143 sin 2 pi t 000033923 795924 86 2 lt AMmod gt sin pit10 t 10 cos 2 pi710 t 5 lt AMsweep gt 5 t sin 5 S pit lt camier gt sin 2 pi7t 3579545 pi lt DSXmax1 gt 5 1 sin pi 27 1 t 158 4710 9 72 7 36 lt DSXmax2 gt 1 72 exp 2 13 t 158_4710 9 92 lt DSXmin1 gt 5 1 sin pi 27 1 t 158 4 10 9 72 7 205 lt DSXmin2 gt 331 exp 1 9 t 158 4 10 9 1 02 t 5 10 2 Figure 3 29 Library of Equations List Box Remove Equation Removes a highlighted equation from the library
217. int over the defined number of cycles One of the last four parameters above will always be calculated automatical ly when OK is pressed If the check box against a parameter is checked the parameter must be set by the user To set it so that it will be calculated automatically click on the check box so that its check mark disappears When you do this the check marks will appear in the boxes for the other parameters that must be set by the user Calculate lt gt Selecting this button causes the indicated parame ter the one with the empty check box to be calculated so that you can preview it prior to selecting OK In Figure 3 31 Start Point Stop Point and Cycles was entered and Frequency was calculated Selecting this button is optional if you do not select it the value will be calculated automatically when OK is selected Phase Enter the beginning phase of the sine wave in radians or degrees Action Specify the placement of the sine wave Replace Writes over the current waveform between and including the Start and Stop Points Insert Inserts the sine wave into the current waveform at the Start Point The previously defined portion of the current waveform after and including the Start Point shifts to follow the end of the inserted wave form Add Arithmetically adds the sine waveform to the current waveform between and including the Start and Stop Points New Waveform Creates
218. into two separate waveforms E1011 Cannot configure the bus Could not find an instrument at the specified address Check that the instru ment s address setting is correct and is the same as that being used by WaveWriter See the Configure Instruments selection in the Transfer menu in WaveWriter s main menu R 8 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix R VX4792 Dialogs and Messages E1012 Not enough free memory in VX4792 There is insufficient unused memory left in the instrument to hold the wave form that you tried to send Use the DELETE button in the VX4792 Send Waveform dialog box to delete some waveform files in the instrument and try sending again R 9 Appendix R VX4792 Dialogs and Messages R 10 Appendices a Glossary and Index Glossary AM The amplitude modulation or waveform multiplication operation select able in the SETUP menu ARB Industry slang that generally refers to instrumentation which converts digital information into an analog waveform These products are based upon a digital memory array which is clocked out for creation of the output waveform Arbitrary Function Generator AFG A hybrid instrument integrating the features of an arbitrary waveform generator with optimal function generator capabilities It often includes a built in sweeper Arbitrary Waveform Generator AWG Essentially a digital to analog converter with built in memory plus trigger and output mode
219. ion and return to the main menu WaveWriter AWE User Manual Q 3 Appendix Q VX4790A Dialogs and Messages Send Waveform You can Send the current waveform to a location in the VX4790A s memory using the dialog box shown in Figure Q 3 You can also cause the output of waveforms that are already in instrument memory VX4 7904 Send Waveform Portion amp Paged Memory Entire Waveform fi Page Number Between Markers Output Mode WAIT BURST Count Filter 5MHz J ISOLATOR CLOSED Operation NONE Trigger Clock Source SOFT ba Source EXTERNAL EX Output To Backplane EX Output to Backplane Connection TTLTRGO M Connection TTLTRG1 Figure Q 3 VX4790A Send Dialog Box Waveform Portion You have the option of sending either the entire waveform or only the portion between and including the markers Paged Memory When the Paged Memory box is checked the wave form data will be copied into one of the pages in instrument memory where the number of the page is the number entered in the Page Number box The range for the page number will be at the very least 1 to 4 but depend ing on the options included in your VX4790A the upper limit may be greater If Paged Memory is not checked the entire memory will be made available for copying waveform data and the Page Number box is grayed Waveform data with a maximum length of 65536 points can be copied into each page When paged memory is not being u
220. ions to all portions of the waveforms Between Markers Performs signal processing operations on those portions of the waveforms between and including the Start and Stop markers Wfm 1 Type in the name of the waveform to be processed in this edit box the waveform must be one of the waveforms listed in the Displayed Waveforms list box or in the Displayed Waveforms list box point at the entry and double click the LEFT mouse button or highlight an entry with the direction keys and press ENTER Wfm 2 Type in the name of the waveform to be processed in this edit box the waveform must be one of the waveforms listed in the Displayed Waveforms list box or in the Displayed Waveforms list box point at the entry and double click the LEFT mouse button or highlight an entry with the direction keys and press ENTER WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 79 Processing Waveforms 3 80 Wfm 3 To store the modified waveform identify an existing name from the Displayed Waveforms list box or enter a new name in the edit box If an existing name is entered or chosen from the Displayed Waveforms list the current version replaces the previous version and the original data is lost OK When you select OK the designated operation is performed to all points of both input waveforms within the Processing Region The result of the operation is output as Waveform 3 which becomes the current wave form If Between Markers was selected an
221. ither add the scalar value to the current waveform or multiply the current waveform by the scalar value When you select one of the Scalar options the dialog box in Figure 3 42 appears The dialog box is the same for the add or multiply options except for the title bar at the top and the edit box label WaveWriter AWE User Manual Add Scalar to Current Vfavetorm Processing Region se Entre Waveform o Between Markers Figure 3 42 Add Scalar to Current Waveform Dialog Box 3 77 Processing Waveforms Add Scalar Enter the scalar value The value is added to each point of the current waveform in the Processing Region The scalar value can be either positive or negative Multiply by Scalar Enter the scalar value Each point of the current waveform in the Processing Region is multiplied by this value For an in crease in amplitude enter a value greater than one For a decrease in amplitude enter a decimal value less than one Processing Region Apply scalar to Entire Waveform Performs signal processing operations on the entire length of the waveform Between Markers Performs signal processing operations on that portion of the waveform between and including the Start and Stop markers OK Selecting OK applies the specified scaling factor to each point of the current waveform in the Processing Region Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Hel
222. ix H AWG500 600 Series Dialogs and Messages Driver Limits The drivers for the AWG500 600 series instruments use the limits given below to determine things such as valid display amplitude offset and clock rate For the AWG500 Series Display Amplitude 0 02 to 2 0 Offset 1 0 to 1 0 Time per Point 1 ns to 20 us Maximum Number of Points 4194048 Minimum Number of Points 256 Number of Points Multiple 4 For the AWG600 Series Display Amplitude 0 02 to 2 0 Offset 1 0 to 1 0 Time per Point 384 615 ps to 20 us Maximum Number of Points 4194048 Minimum Number of Points 512 Number of Points Multiple 8 H 8 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix H AWG500 600 Series Dialogs and Messages AWG500 600 Series Error Messages The error messages specific to the AWG500 600 series are listed below These messages are common to all types in the series although each type has different capabilities When an error results from a limit being exceeded the user can refer to Driver Limits above to resolve the problem When the symbol lt device gt appears the type of your instrument will be included in the message E1000 Error acquiring data from lt device gt An error was detected when acquiring a waveform from the instrument Check the GPIB settings and try again E1001 Error sending data to lt device gt An error was detected when sending a waveform to t
223. k for a full disk eliminate unused disk files E318 Cannot open Cut Copy buffer Cut Copy operation aborted For either menu selection Cut or Copy the Cut Copy buffer cannot be opened The operation is aborted E319 Problem reading Cut Copy buffer Insert Replace Append operation aborted For the menu selection Insert Replace or Append the Cut Copy buffer could not be read WaveWriter aborted the selected operation E320 Wave cfg corrupted or wrong version Partial file only read in WaveWriter found the configuration file WAVE CFG corrupt when loading Default values were assigned Exiting WaveWriter saves a new configuration file with the current selected defaults Appendix A Error and Warning Messages E321 Not enough memory Only part of the configure file was read When loading WaveWriter found that a portion of the configuration file WAVE CFG was missing default values were assigned Exiting WaveWriter saves a new configuration file with the current defaults E322 filename is not a valid library file The library file selected is an improper format for the equation library E323 Only 1 Help window may be opened at a time Select one Help window for display at a time To display another Help win dow close the current Help window E324 Help topic not found The Help topic you selected is unavailable E325 Help file filename not found The Help text topic you selected
224. l axis range setting is 1 25 to 1 25 volts 3 Set the Vertical offset by entering 0 in the Offset edit box 4 To set the Horizontal axis range select the Seconds radio button Note the units next to the Start and Stop edit boxes reflects the entry Sec The Set Axis Range selection also sets the horizontal axis units for the Start and Stop marker readouts and the X coordinate readout 5 Enter 0 in the Start edit box 6 Enter 2 046m in the Stop edit box 2 14 Operating Basics Tutorial Figure 2 4 show the new dialog box Set Axis Ranges Vertical Horizontal oO Max Min Ampl Offset Seconds D Points Pk Pk offset 0 Stop 2 046m Sec Figure 2 4 Set Axis Ranges Dialog Box 7 Select OK The Waveform Display Area now reflects the new Axis selection The hori zontal axis Start and Stop markers and X coordinate are displayed in seconds Step 7 Load a Waveform and Manipulate the Clock Rate Not all loaded or acquired waveforms have the appropriate clock rate WaveWriter can manipulate waveforms to conform to the required clock rate The following procedure illustrates this capability Perform the following steps to read a waveform from disk associate the waveform and set the clock rate by several methods 1 From the File menu select Open 2 Inthe Directories list box double click awe401e sample From the left list box under File Name scroll and select ultrason adf
225. l waveform is sent to the oscilloscope reference memory location 2 and displayed on screen Manually adjust the TDS 500 to accommodate the on screen display of the two waveforms Summary You have just completed Lesson 4 In this lesson you learned how to Associate a waveform Set the clock rate m Load a waveform from disk Associate the waveform Scale the waveform m Envelope a waveform Transfer two waveforms to the TDS 500 with the Send command Each waveform was sent to a different memory location Operating Basics 2 48 BE Reference Menu Map The Menu Map lists the WaveWriter menu selections Use the map as a reference to the WaveWriter functions Menus are listed as they appear in the Menu Bar across the top of the Waveform Display Area The Reference sections to follow discuss each WaveWriter menu in detail File New Open Save Import Export Hardcopy Exit About Edit Undo Disable Undo Cut Between Markers Copy Between Markers Delete Between Markers Insert at Start Marker Replace Between Markers Append to End of Waveform Flip Horizontal Between Markers Flip Vertical Between Markers Horizontal Resolution Vertical Resolution WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 1 Menu Map Display Redraw Dot Redraw Vector Zoom In Zoom Out Zoom Between Markers Set Axis Ranges Set Markers Autoscale Current Waveform At Zero Volts At Given Volts At Middle of
226. lay Area to the full display size To zoom with the mouse use the cursor to define the region to be enlarged 1 Move the cursor to the upper left corner of the area to be magnified 2 Press and hold the LEFT mouse button and drag the cursor to the lower right corner of the area to be magnified 3 31 Displaying Waveforms 3 To set the dimensions and magnify the selected region release the LEFT mouse button 4 Zoom again to expand the region even further or Zoom Out to return to the standard view To zoom from the keyboard 1 Use the direction keys to position the cursor at the upper left corner of the area to be magnified 2 When the cursor is at the correct starting point press either SPACE BAR or ENTER 3 With the direction keys position the cursor at the lower right corner of the area to be magnified 4 To set the dimensions and magnify the selected portion of the display press either SPACEBAR or ENTER Zoom Out Returns the Waveform Display Area to the Set Axis Ranges settings that existed prior to Zoom In Set Axis Ranges Sets the Waveform Display Area vertical and horizontal axis ranges If the ranges are set to display a partial waveform those portions of the waveform extending beyond the display area are clipped The entire waveform can be restored by setting a wider range in the Set Axis Ranges dialog box Selecting Set Axis Ranges displays the dialog box in Figure 3 16 Set Axis Ranges
227. le If this occurs reselect one or both colors When you select Set Colors and Line Styles from the Display menu the dialog box in Figure 3 23 appears Colors and Styles Selections Line Styles Current Waveform Background Waveform Labels amp Units Graph Background Background Figure 3 23 Colors and Styles Dialog Box Selections In addition to the current waveform an attribute can be assigned to each display element in the list box Highlight the items to be assigned attributes 3 39 Displaying Waveforms Sample Displays an example of the selected element with the attributes chosen from the Line Styles and Colors group boxes Selecting elements and attributes and viewing examples does not alter the selected item until OK is selected Line Styles Select one of the available line styles The specified style is identified by a heavy black border Line styles may not be apparent without sufficient intervals between waveform data points Line Style is visible in vector mode only Colors Select one of the displayed colors The specified color is identi fied by a heavier black border OK After setting each attribute select OK to affect the changes Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous di
228. lect Clear Waveform s The Clear Waveform s dialog box appears 2 Select the All Waveforms button NOTE Clear Waveform s is grayed and unavailable if there are no wave forms in memory If there are altered waveforms in memory not previously saved you are given the option to save them before deleting them Step 2 Change the Target Instrument Perform the following steps to designate the target instrument 1 From the Waveforms menu select Associate Waveform The Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog box appears 2 From the nstrument List select TDS500 The name you select must identify the device driver wtds500a drv in the Transfer Configure Instrument list box NOTE If you have not configured the TDS 500 Series oscilloscope from within WaveWriter see Lesson 1 Use the instructions for configur ing the AWG 2020 using wtds500a drv as the device driver 3 Select OK 4 Ifyou are warned that the current clock rate is invalid for the newly selected target instrument select Yes to accept the clock rate offered The WaveWriter title bar denotes the TDS 500 as the target instrument Operating Basics WaveWriter AWE User Manual Tutorial Step 3 Change the Clock Rate Perform the following steps to set the clock rate 1 From the Waveforms menu select Change Clock Rate The TDS Series Clock Rate dialog box appears 2 Enter 2m in the Time per Division edit box 3 To see the corres
229. lighted as shown in Figure 2 7 Waveforms Summary Double Click to Change Current Waveform Waveform Name Instrument Name Length Type ULTRASON ADF AwWG2020 ULTRA2 ADF AWG2020 SAMPLE_ ADF AwG2020 DECAY ADF Ar rAlyal Figure 2 7 Waveform Summary List Box 3 Double click on SAMPLE ADF to identify it as the current waveform Note that the WaveWriter title bar changes to reflect your selection and SAMPLE ADF assumes the current waveform color 4 Select OK to close the Waveforms Summary window Step 11 Changing Offset This step briefly discusses the offset adjustment In Lesson 2 you will enter offsets and construct more complex waveforms Some instruments incorporate offset into the waveform data or retain an offset external to the data WaveWriter always incorporates the offset with the data As a result what you see on the screen is always what is sent to the instrument Use the Waveforms gt Change Amplitude Offset menu to alter the offset incorporated into a waveform data set In the Change Amplitude Offset dialog box enter the desired offset in the Amplitude edit box and select OK 2 19 Tutorial 2 20 Step 12 Using Markers Markers delimit segments of the waveform in the horizontal axis For many menu selections you have the option of using the entire waveform or only the portion between and including the markers The distance between the markers can never exceed the maximum record length for the target ins
230. limits horizontally and vertically OK Select OK to create the new waveform The new waveform becomes the current waveform For normal waveforms all points are initialized at the external offset given in the Associate New Waveform with Instrument dialog box For envelope waveforms the maximum upper limit waveform is set to the maximum value of the Waveform Display Area the minimum lower limit waveform is set to the minimum value of the work area Envelopes are filled with a crosshatch pattern Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 7 File Operations Open The Open command retrieves an existing waveform file from disk and loads it as the current waveform You can open a file created by WaveWriter in ADIF ISF or CSV format You can also open files created by other systems using a compatible version of the ADIF format 99 or 1 0 SCPI 1992 Select ing Open from the File menu displays the dialog box in Figure 3 3 File Name Directories c awed0 le sample 2400dso isf E cA ad99 isf ad99csv csy E awe40le adasc isf gt sample adbin isf adcsy_adf adcsvk cs afg5101 isf List Files of Type Drives Figure
231. list OK Accepts deletions if any and returns to the Equation dialog box The selected equation is placed in the Equation edit box WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 55 Creating Waveforms 3 56 Cancel Ignores deletions and returns to the Equation dialog box Help Select Help to display information relating to this operation OK Select OK to implement the specified parameters Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close Example Equation AWG 2020 To produce a single cycle of a 1 kHz sine wave with a 4 V peak to peak amplitude and 1 5 VDC offset 1 Set the clock rate to 1us with the Waveforms gt Change Clock Rate menu 2 Select Points on the Create Equation menu and enter the following parameters Start Point 0 Stop Point 999 The equation example follows the basic form for trigonometric functions A DC offset 1 5 V B peak amplitude 2 0 V F desired frequency of waveform 1 kHz f function sin For the equation A Bxf 2xmxFxt Calculate the signal frequency 1 points cycle x clock rate F 1 1000 x 1 x 1078 1000 3 Substitute the example values into the equation and enter into the Equ
232. lutions m Change the clock rate of the incoming waveform to the current clock rate m Massage expands or compresses the incoming waveform to maintain a timing match m Change the current clock rate to match the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instrument this option is grayed out and unavailable Cancel the acquisition and return to the main menu NOTE WaveWriter does not control the acquisition of the 11000 Series oscilloscope You must ensure that the waveform is completely acquired before transferring to WaveWriter For example if the selected source is a 16 K envelope it is possible to transfer an incomplete envelope In such a case valid data cannot be guaran teed The 11000 series oscilloscope transfers only that portion of the waveform displayed on the screen If you acquired a 10 K waveform on an 11403 oscilloscope and expanded the waveform to view only the falling edge of the pulse only the falling edge would transfer This may be useful if you intended to perform partial waveform transfers but to transfer an entire waveform record you must have PAN ZOOM OFF or magnification 1x selected O 4 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix O 11000 Series Dialogs and Messages Send Waveform You can send the current waveform to any of the stored waveform locations see Figure O 3 with the following dialog box 11K Send Waveform O Between Markers
233. med AWE 4 01E From this point on the terms WaveWriter and AWE are used interchangeably 1 Open the AWE 4 01E program group by double clicking it 2 Start WaveWriter by double clicking the WaveWriter 4 01E icon After WaveWriter loads take a moment to become familiar with the WaveW riter window The WaveWriter Window is discussed in detail on Page 2 5 Note that the WaveWriter title bar includes the name WaveWriter AWE and the default target instrument name NOTE If you are using a monochrome monitor consider setting the Dis play Set Colors and Line Styles menu to black and white only Either set the Current Waveform Background Waveform and La bels amp Units color to black and the Background and Graph Back ground to white or vice versa Failure to make this adjustment may result in default colors that are not visible Operating Basics WaveWriter AWE User Manual Tutorial Step 2 Using the Help Function Help information is available whenever you use WaveWriter The Help selection in the Menu Bar displays a list of all available topics m Each WaveWriter dialog box has a Help command button If you select this button you get information pertinent to the current dialog box To use Help in the Menu Bar 1 Select Help in the menu bar click and release The Help Topics dialog box is displayed listing all available Help topics 2 Double click on any topic An overview Help screen appears This screen discu
234. munications templates may be normalized So assume a normalized equation such as v T 0 5 x 1 sin m 2 x 1 T 0 36 where 0 72 lt T lt 0 2 First translate the variable T into the variable t which starts at 0 and increases 0 72 lt T lt 0 2 0 lt T 0 72 lt 0 92 Lett T 0 72 Thus 0 lt t lt 0 92 Substitute t 0 72 T to get v t 0 72 0 5 x 1 sin n 2 x 1 t 0 72 0 36 The variable T is normalized to the period of the signal Assume the signal of interest is 6 312 MHz the clock frequency for a DS2 digital communication system The period is 158 4 ns To transform the variable t into a normalized form simply divide all occurrences of t by the signal period or 158 4 ns for this example The final equation is v t 0 72 0 5 x 1 sin n 2 x 1 t 158 4 x 1079 0 72 0 36 D 5 Appendix D Sample Equations You can now use the equation to generate a waveform by calculating the appropriate Start and Stop Points From the Create Equation dialog box select the New Waveform option button Then enter the following parameters Start T 0 72 then t 158 4 Ons and hence t 0 Stop T 0 2 then t 158 4 0 92 ns and hence t 145 8 ns Use clock 1 ns In the Equation edit box enter 5 1 sin pi 2 1 t 158 4 10 9 72 36 This entry will give you the first half of the maximum waveform defining the DSX 2 Pulse Template T
235. n group select the REF7 option button 4 Inthe Partial Envelope group click the Allocate Reference Memory check box and set the memory allocation to 2500 2 46 Operating Basics Tutorial The dialog box appears as shown in Figure 2 24 Send TDS Scope Partial Envelope Send Waveform gt Allocate Reference Memory Send Between Markers Location REF3 REF4 C Don t Care Fill In 2 Sec ane mo Points Figure 2 24 Send TDS Scope Dialog Box 5 Select OK to initiate the transfer The envelope waveform is sent to the oscilloscope reference memory loca tion 1 and displayed on screen NOTE The dialogs are very similar for all instruments in the TDS series Do not be confused by this if you configured the wrong type of instru ment in the Configure Instrument dialog box WaveWriter will not be able to find the instrument If the Send TDS Scope successtully displays you can be confident that the correct instrument type has been configured WaveWriter AWE User Manual 2 47 Tutorial Step 8 Send the Original Waveform to the Instrument To transfer the SOUARE ADF waveform to the TDS 500 oscilloscope 1 Identify the new current waveform by selecting SQUARE ADF from the bottom of the Waveforms menu 2 From the Transfer menu select Send The Send TDS Scope dialog box appears 3 Inthe Location group select the REF2 option button 4 Select OK to initiate the transfer The origina
236. n menu WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix J AFG 5102 AWG 5102 Dialogs and Messages Acquire Waveform Use this dialog box see Figure J 2 to acquire a waveform from the AFG 5102 5502 The AFG 5102 5502 holds up to a 32768 point waveform You are prompted for the following information before acquiring the wave form Acquire AFG 5102 5502 Begin Addr End Addr Oo Replace Current Waveform Create New Waveform Figure J 2 Acquire AFG 5102 5502 Dialog Box Begin Addr Enters the beginning address of the waveform being ac quired The valid range is 0 to 32767 End Addr Enters the ending address of the waveform being acquired The valid range is 0 to 32767 Replace Current Waveform Overwrites the current waveform with the acquired waveform The acquired waveform record length is the new current record length Create New Waveform Prompts for a new waveform name The ac quired waveform becomes the current waveform The previous current waveform is now a background waveform Waveform Name Enter a valid name for the waveform being acquired Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix J AFG 5102 AWG 5102 Dialogs and Messages OK When OK is selected the waveform is acquired loaded into memory and displayed as the current waveform Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Conformance to Target If the acquired waveform data does not
237. nabled in the dialog box otherwise they are grayed Channel 1 and 2 These are used to select which channel the waveform is loaded into If Load to channel is not selected all of these buttons are grayed Otherwise the buttons for channels that are available on the instru ment being used are enabled Both the Channel 1 and 2 are available when an AWG520 is being used and only Channel 1 when an AWG510 or AWG610 is being used Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix H AWG500 600 Series Dialogs and Messages Output On When this button is selected the switch on the output of the selected channel will be closed After sending the waveform will be output when the instrument s trigger conditions are satisfied This control is grayed if Load to Channel is not selected Invert On When this button is selected the instrument s inverted output is turned on This is only available when the instrument is an AWG510 and AWG610 Output Filter This is used to select the low pass filter that is applied to the output of the selected channel or to select that no filter is applied the Through selection The choices available are 100 MHz 50 MHz 20 MHz 10 MHz and Through for AWG500 Series 200 MHz 100 MHz 50 MHz 20 MHz and Through for AWG610 Output Filter is grayed if Load to Channel is not selected Marker Bits This is used to set whether and when marker signals are output by the instrument Marker 1
238. nd OR DER blocks taken together completely describe the structure and physical format of data in the DATA CURVE blocks ENCODE Specifies the data encoding format of the DATA and EN CODE blocks including signal values for underflow overflow and no value as well as the range and precision of data TRACE Logically groups dimensions as functions surfaces sets etc TRACE blocks provide data semantic information and they are used in the construction of VIEW blocks They also provide a convenient and powerful mechanism for sub setting data DATA Contains the actual data Various subordinate blocks describe dimensioned data pulse parameter measurements sine parameter measurements statistical measurements and point values Block and Keyword Organization The following listing of blocks and keywords exemplifies the ADIF hierarchi cal structure blocks are followed by parentheses A block followed by an ellipse is a repeat of a previous definition If multiple occurrences of a block or keyword are permitted they are marked with m The ADIF standard and revision control block STD VERSION The ADIF environment description blocks IDENTIFY NAM DAT TIM SOURCE PACKAGES Af The ADIF data structure and format block DIMENSION lt dimension label gt m NAME UNITS SCALE OFFSET SIZE ENCODE NOTE The ADIF blocks for semantic information TRACE
239. ndard function waveforms A set of predefined waveform algorithms that create typical waveshapes such as sine waves square waves triangle waves and ramps VALUE button The front panel button used in conjunction with the general purpose knob and pop up menu windows to select and enter alphanumeric input in the CRT display area Zoom Magnifies the horizontal time axis display of waveform data but does not actually change the data in internal waveform memory Glossary 2 Glossary Symbols ADF file extention 3 8 3 13 ASC file extention 3 14 3 15 BIN file extention 3 14 3 15 CSYV file extention 3 8 3 13 DAT file extention 3 14 3 15 I file extention 3 14 3 15 ISF file extention 3 8 3 13 Q file extention 3 14 3 15 WFM file extention for AWG2000 Series 3 14 3 15 for TDS 3 14 3 15 Numbers 11000 Series acquire waveform O 2 change clock rate O 1 conformance to target O 4 destination O 3 dialogs amp messages O 1 driver limits O 6 error messages O 7 send waveform O 5 waveform detail O 6 2200 Series acquire waveform M 3 change clock rate M 1 conformance to target M 4 dialogs amp messages M 1 driver limits M 4 error messages M 5 2400 Series acquire waveform N 3 change clock rate N 1 conformance to target N 4 dialogs amp messages N 1 driver limits N 7 error messages N 7 send waveform N 5 waveform detail N 6 WaveWriter AWE User Manual A Acquire waveform 11
240. nding on your program needs Use ADIF 1 0 unless other programs using ADIF require Version 99 Reference File Operations ISF The Instrument Specific File selection saves data in a form read directly by individual target instruments The actual file format varies according to the instrument ISF files from other programs may not be compatible with this format m CSV The Comma Separated Values selection saves data in an ASCII file where the values are separated by commas Files can then be read by a spreadsheet or other data manipulation software Two different CSV formats are selectable The standard CSV format contains just value information the CSV K3 format contains a small amount of additional textual information See the Waveform Formats Appendix for file format descriptions Extensions Default extensions for the possible file types are m ADF is appended to files written in the Analog Data Interchange Format m ISF is appended to files written in Instrument Specific Format m CSV is appended to files written in Comma Separated Values Format Directories Lists the resident hierarchical directory structure including parallel directories Used in conjunction with the Drives list box below Use the Directories list box to find the directory into which you wish to write the file To switch directories double click on the desired folder for that directory To move to the root of a drive double click on the
241. ndo Cut Between Markers Copy Between Markers Delete Between Markers Insert at Start Marker 3 24 Toggles the Undo feature between the disabled and enabled state When a check mark appears to the left of the Disable Undo selection Undo is disabled Undo is a very useful feature and the user is recommended to leave it in the enabled state most of the time However when very big wave forms are being edited Undo may take an unacceptable amount of time and disk space Selecting this menu item will avoid these problems Removes that portion of the current waveform between and including the Start and Stop markers and stores the information in the edit buffer The Stop Marker and the data to its right is shifted to the left to align with the Start Marker position Information stored in the buffer can be pasted to another waveform The Edit Buffer Information stored in the edit buffer can be pasted into other waveforms using the nsert at Start Marker Replace Between Markers or Append to End of Waveform commands First select a new current waveform from the Waveforms menu then implement one of the commands as described below Edit buffer data is available for multiple insert replace and append operations but is replaced when another cut or copy command is selected Copies that portion of the current waveform between and including the Start and Stop markers to the edit buffer The current waveform does not change Removes that
242. ng the file Data Conversion To convert a high byte low byte pair to an integer value use the following expression WfmValue high byte lt lt 8 low byte amp 255 PointValue ranges from 0 to 4094 To convert to a signed integer subtract 2047 Appendices Appendix B Waveform Formats AFG2020 ISF files for AFG2020 arbitrary function generators are formatted as follows The text shown in parentheses is commentary and not part of the ISF format OUT1 RANGE AUTO AMPLITUDE n nn V OFFSET n nn V FREQUENCY n nn Hz CURVE 42048 Amplitude Value Offset Value Engineering notation ASCII character string including the length of the binary block High byte low byte First data point ann NT High byte low byte 1024th data point Amplitude and offset values can be integer or decimal Binary data values range from 0 to 4094 Data Conversion To convert a high byte low byte pair to an integer value use the equation WfmValue HighByte lt lt 8 LowByte amp 255 WfmValue ranges from 0 to 4094 To convert WfmValue to a signed integer subtract 2047 AWG2000 Series ISF files for AWG2000 series arbitrary waveform generators are formatted as follows The text shown in parentheses is commentary and not part of the ISF format WFMPRE BYT_NR 2 BIT_NR 12 ENCDG BIN BN_FMT RI BYT_OR MSB NR_PT nnn number of points PT_FMT Y XUNIT S XINCR nn nnEnn Time per
243. ng transitions can be defined as either Ramp or Sine Squared See Figure 3 25 If Ramp is selected the complete transition time is 1 25 times the entered transition time If Sine Squared is selected the complete transition time is 2 073878 times the entered transition time 3 50 Reference Creating Waveforms Ramp Sine Squared Figure 3 25 Ramp vs Sine Squared Rise Fall Time The transition time between 10 and 90 percent of the rising or falling amplitude See Figure 3 24 Duty Cycle The ratio of the pulse duration to the period expressed in percent Delay The difference between the beginning of a waveform and the beginning of a pulse wave transition Can be specified in either points or time The Delay cannot be a point or a time beyond the length of the wave form NOTE Some parameter combinations may result in an Invalid number error message For example the Start Point cannot be a negative value Setting Waveform Characteristics You define waveform characteristics by setting or modifying parameters in dialog boxes that follow a Create menu selection If you created a new waveform and are closing an Equation Sine Triangle Pulse or Square dialog box with OK the Associate Waveform with Instru ment dialog box appears as shown in Figure 3 26 WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 51 Creating Waveforms Associate YYaveform with Instrument Instrument List Figure 3 26 Associate Waveform wit
244. ng waveform to the instrument An error was detected when sending a waveform to a TDS oscilloscope Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1102 All addresses searched No appropriate instrument found All primary addresses were checked for the presence of a TDS oscilloscope and none were found Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1103 Data has too many points for the instrument You tried to send waveform data that is longer than the maximum possible for the instrument You can reduce the number of points by sending just the portion of the waveform between the markers E1104 The instrument cannot run at clock rates slower than the limit lt value gt The clock rate for the waveform currently being sent to the instrument is too slow where the slowest possible value is given by lt value gt Set the clock rate within the limit and try again E1105 Number of points to Send Start At value exceeds Reference memory size When attempting to send a waveform to the instrument the starting address specified plus the number of points being sent exceeded the maximum record length for the instrument Either change the starting address to a smaller value or use the markers to change the number of points sent to the instrument E1106 Cannot allocate Reference Memory The instrument could not allocate the memory needed to store the wave form Delete references from the fron
245. nter the frequency in Hz The values correspond to a time per division value in a 1 2 5 sequence and must lie in the range for the instrument TVS621 1 GHz to 5 Hz TVS641 1 GHz to 5 Hz TVS625 5 GHz to 5 Hz TVS645 5 GHz to 5 Hz OK When OK is selected the clock rate is verified for appropriate limits If the specified rate is not a 1 2 5 sequence value you are offered a choice between the next slower valid value and cancellation When a valid clock rate is entered the clock rate display above the Waveform Display Area updates with the new clock rate If the horizontal axis is displayed in se conds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix Q TVS 600 Series Dialogs and Messages Acquire Waveform Use this dialog box see Figure P 2 to acquire a waveform from a TVS600 Series Waveform Analyzer You can acquire a waveform from chan nels 1 through 4 or Calculate Subsystems 1 thru 4 If a waveform selection is grayed out CHAN1 4 CALC1 4 verify that it is properly allocated or selected You are prompted for the following information before acquiring the wave form TVS600 Series Acquire Location O CHART CALLE CALE CHAN EALES O CHANS O CALEA Flenlace Current W argir Create Hew Waveform Hame CHAN Figure P 2 TVS600 Series Acquire Dialog Bo
246. nvelope Decouple 3 74 An existing envelope waveform can be separated into two uncoupled wave forms one defined by the upper boundary of the envelope the other de fined by the lower boundary When you select Envelope Decouple from the Create menu the dialog box in Figure 3 41 appears Envelope Decouple Displayed Waveforms Envelope Waveform OUTENY Max Output Waveform Min Output Waveform MIN ADF Figure 3 41 Envelope Decouple Dialog Box Displayed Waveforms Lists all waveforms currently loaded Wave forms are either created as the current waveform or loaded from the File menu From this list box you can specify the waveform that will split into two nonenvelope waveforms Envelope Waveform Type in the name of the waveform to be de coupled in this edit box the waveform must be one of the waveforms listed in the Displayed Waveforms list box or in the Displayed Waveforms list box point at the entry and double click the LEFT mouse button or highlight an entry with the direction keys and press ENTER The selection must be a envelope waveform Max Output Waveform Identify the name of the upper boundary wave form in the Displayed Waveforms list box or enter a name from the key board Min Output Waveform Identify the name of the lower boundary wave form in the Displayed Waveforms list box or enter a name from the key board Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual Creating Waveforms OK
247. o 25400 V External Offset The valid range is 50000 to 50000 V Time per Point The valid range for the clock rate is TDS200 Series 20 ps pt to 0 1 s pt TDS300 Series 20 ps pt to 0 1 s pt TDS400 Series 20 ps pt to 0 4 s pt TDS500 Series 10 ps pt to 0 2 s pt TDS620 Series 10 ps pt to 0 1 s pt TDS640 Series 10 ps pt to 0 1 s pt TDS680 Series 4 ps pt to 40 ms pt TDS700 Series 4 ps pt to 0 2 s pt TDS800 Series 0 4 ps pt to 40 us pt Maximum Number of Points The maximum number of points you can send to the instrument are TDS200 Series 2500 pt TDS300 Series 1000 pt TDS400 Series 120000 pt TDS500 Series 4000 000 pt TDS620 Series 2000 pt TDS640 Series 2000 pt TDS680 Series 15000 pt TDS700 Series 4000 000 pt TDS800 Series 500000 pt WaveWriter AWE User Manual L 9 Appendix L TDS Series Dialogs and Messages L 10 TDS Series Error Messages The error messages specific to TDS series scopes are listed below These messages are common to all types in the series although each type has different capabilities When an error results from a limit being exceeded the value of the limit may not be included in the message The user can refer to Driver Limits page L 9 to resolve these problems E1100 Error acquiring waveform from the instrument An error was detected when acquiring a waveform from a TDS oscilloscope Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1101 Error sendi
248. o amplitude modulate the output NOTE When EXTERNAL AM is not selected WaveWriter sets the amplitude of the waveform by choosing the smallest output range that can accommodate the required amplitude and then makes a fine adjustment using the instrument s internal attenuator When EXTER NAL AM is used these fine adjustments are not possible so only very course settings for the carrier waveform amplitude are pos sible using just the range setting This means that the peak to peak amplitude of the carrier will be set to one of the following 20 47 V for waveforms where amplitude gt 10 23 5V 10 235 V for waveforms where 10 235 V amplitude gt 0 2047 V 0 2047 V for waveforms where 0 2047 V amplitude Trigger This is used to set trigger sources and trigger output selections Using backplane connections as trigger sources and outputs a number of instruments can be made to trigger together Depending on what is re quired all of the following items may need to be set Source The trigger source can be selected from SOFT Only the software trigger is effective l e the RUN button or the OT command via the VXI bus FRONT The EXT TRIG input socket on the front of the instru ment BACKPLANE One of the TTLTRGn connections on the back plane This allows the instrument to serve as a slave controlled by another instrument on the VXI bus Appendices Appendix Q VX4790A Dialogs and Messages Out
249. o separate waveforms Appendix Q VX4790A Dialogs and Messages E1011 Cannot configure the bus Could not find an instrument at the specified address Check that the instru ment s address setting on the board is correct and is the same as the address being used by WaveWriter See the Configure Instruments selection in the Transfer menu in WaveWriter s main menu E1012 No offset capability Offset ignored The waveform being sent has a non zero offset voltage As the VX4790A has no offset capability the value is ignored and the waveform will be output with no offset added If an offset is required it must be added into the waveform data This can be done at the time the waveform is created or for an existing waveform an offset can be added using the Add Scalar selection in the SigProc menu WaveWriter s main menu E1013 Too many points to send Limit to lt limit gt You attempted to send a waveform that was too long for the current settings or options in the instrument You are offered the choice of truncating the data to the number of points given by lt limit gt See Driver Limits page Q 8 for the details of data length limits E1015 Trigger and clock backplane connections the same When sending a waveform the Trigger and Clock settings were such that they were trying to use the same backplane connection Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix R VX4792 Dialogs and Messages This
250. o the AFG 2020 must be 1024 points No partial wave forms can be sent Change the markers or the waveform so that 1024 points are sent E1007 AFG 2020 does not support envelope waveforms You attempted to either save an instrument specific file or send an envelope waveform to the AFG 2020 The instrument does not support envelopes You may wish to use Envelope Decouple to break the envelope into two compo nents and save or send them individually E 6 Appendices Appendix F AFG310 320 Dialogs and Messages This appendix describes dialog boxes and error messages specific to the AFG 310 and AFG 320 The AFG 310 is a single channel instrument when you are sending a waveform to an AFG 310 all references to Channel 2 in the dialog boxes are grayed l e not selectable Change Clock Rate Use the following dialog see Figure F 1 to change the current clock rate This changes only the time per point and does not change the waveform size or shape AFG 300 Clock Rate Time per Point S or Frequency Hz i Figure F 1 AFG 300 Clock Rate Dialog Box Time per Point Enter the time per point in seconds The valid range is 62 5 ns to 10s Frequency Enter the clock frequency in Hz The valid range is 100mHz to 16MHz NOTE Further limiting of the clock rate may occur when the waveform is sent to the instrument See the Driver Limits section below for the precise definition of the limit applied at send time W
251. of data points is determined from the leading and trailing values and the length of the file Byte Order You can specify either LSB or MSB byte ordering for the point values LSB has the least significant byte first as produced by Intel x86 processors MSB has the most significant byte first as produced by Motorola 680x0 processors OK Proceed to the Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog and after that read in the waveform data Cancel Cancel the Import command ASCII Import Option Data Format Volt Clock Frequency Time Yolt a Hz Number Yolt Leading Skip Lines Me Items fo Sis Figure 3 9 ASCII Import Option Dialog Box File Operations ASCII Import Option Dialog Box This dialog is used to define how an ASCII waveform file is read into WaveW riter In the file point data is written as floating point numbers Fractional parts and exponents may be omitted when they are not needed to express the value e g 12 3 4 56e 3 and 7 will all be accepted Spaces TABs commas and newlines may be used to separate data items Using all of these separators in the same file is permitted A group of separa tors is equivalent to a single separator The following parameters are available to handle various file formats Data Format The sort of data that each point is assumed to be repre sented by can be selected When Volt is selected data is read assuming each point is represented by
252. of the waveform to be used as the upper limit input waveform in this edit box the waveform must be one of the waveforms listed in the Displayed Waveforms list box or from the Displayed Waveforms list box point at the entry and double click the LEFT mouse button or highlight an entry with the arrow keys and press ENTER The selection must be a nonenvelope waveform Min Waveform Specify the lower limit input waveform in the Displayed Waveforms list box or enter a name from the keyboard the waveform must be one of the waveforms listed in the Displayed Waveforms list box The selection must be a nonenvelope waveform Envelope Waveform To store the modified waveform identify an exist ing name from the Displayed Waveforms list box or enter a new name in the edit box The output waveform cannot have the same name as either of the input waveforms If an existing envelope name is entered or chosen from the Displayed Waveforms list the current version replaces the previous version and the original data is lost OK Select OK to implement the defined parameters and create the envelope waveform Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close 3 73 Creating Waveforms E
253. olute voltage to set the maximum and minimum vertical range 3 34 Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual Displaying Waveforms At Given Volts At Given Volts recenters the display to a user specified vertical offset and adjusts the vertical range to accommodate the waveform Figure 3 18 shows the Offset dialog box Change Offset c Figure 3 18 Change Offset Dialog Box Offset Enter the external offset in volts OK Calculates the new display amplitude and verifies that the Amplitude Offset is valid for the target instrument If the new amplitude is greater than the maximum allowable amplitude the range is adjusted to the maximum If the new amplitude is smaller than the allowable minimum amplitude the range is adjusted to the minimum If the Offset is out of range it is adjusted to zero Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close At Middle of Wfm At Middle of Wfm centers the display around the waveform The center of the waveform is placed at the display offset and the maximum and minimum voltages become the max min ranges of the display Horizontal Axis Simply automatically scales the horizontal axis without changing the vertical scale Conveni
254. oming waveform to the current clock rate m Massage expand or compress the incoming waveform to maintain a timing match Change the current clock rate to match the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instrument this option is grayed out and unavailable Cancel the acquisition and return to the main menu WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix E AFG 2020 Dialogs and Messages E 4 Send Waveform You can send the current waveform to an arbitrary numbered location in the AFG 2020 with the following dialog box see Figure E 3 Send AFG 2020 Destination AFG2020 Wavef ID ene l E CI Synthesizer On Between Markers J Selected Waveform to Channel 1 C Selected Waveform to Channel 2 gt Turn Channel 1 Output On O fuse Shanne 2 Guipui Ge Channel 1 Filter Channel 2 Filter FULL PASS FULL PASS Channel 1 Phase Channel 2 Phase fo Figure E 3 Send AFG 2020 Dialog Box Entire Waveform Sends the entire waveform The number of points sent must be 1024 Between Markers Sends only the portion between and including the markers The number of points sent must be 1024 Destination Displays the numbers of the corresponding 32 arbitrary waveforms stored in the instrument The number visible is the one currently selected for transfer Synthesizer On Allows you to use the DDS synthesizer in outputting the waveform on the channel selected Note
255. oo slow for the instrument was entered The acceptable range for 2440 instruments is 40 ps pt to 1 s pt For all other 2400 Series instru ments the acceptable range is 100 ps pt to 0 1 s pt Both clock rates must conform to a 1 2 5 sequence You are offered the opportunity to change the entry to 0 1 s pt E1105 Number of Points to Send Start At value exceeds 1024 When attempting to send a partial waveform to the 2400 Series instrument the specified starting address plus the number of points between the mark ers exceeded the maximum record length of 1024 Either change the start ing address to a smaller value or move the markers to change the number of points sent to the instrument E1106 Too slow for the 2400 external clock Accept lower limit of 1 uS pt The clock rate entered is invalid for a 2400 Series instrument with an exter nal clock You are offered the opportunity to change to the lower limit shown E1107 Too fast for the 2400 external clock Accept upper limit of 10 nS pt The clock rate entered is invalid for a 2400 Series instrument using an external clock You are offered the opportunity to change to the upper limit shown E1108 Cannot send a waveform less than 1024 points to an empty reference The instrument requires a waveform minimum of 1024 points to fill an empty reference memory location Create a waveform larger than 1024 points and send the waveform again Appendices Appendix O
256. ot conform to the target instrument s ranges voltage and timing data are affected Voltage If the acquired waveform amplitude exceeds the display window limits the waveform is clipped on the display No data is lost however Clock Rate If the clock rate does not match a warning is displayed and you are prompted for one of the following solutions m Change the clock rate of the incoming waveform to the current clock rate m Massage expands or compresses the incoming waveform to maintain a timing match m Change the current clock rate to match the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instrument this option is grayed out and unavailable Cancel the acquisition and return to the main menu Appendix L TDS Series Dialogs and Messages Send Waveform You can send the current waveform to a reference memory location in the Digital Storage Oscilloscope with the following dialog box see Figure L 3 Send TDS Scope Partial Envelope Send Waveform Allocate Reference Memory Send Between Markers Location REF3 REF2 REF4 C Don t Care Fill In Rec Length 2500 Statat 0 z ie onts Figure L 3 Send TDS Series Dialog Box Send Waveform Sends the entire waveform The number of points sent plus the Start At value specified must be less than the maximum allowed by the target instrument see Driver Limits Maximum Number of Points to foll
257. ot defined as zero all data points preceding Start are set to zero volts Stop defines the end of the waveform Waveform Name Identify the new waveform by entering a DOS com patible file name The Waveform Name edit box appears only when New Waveform is selected in the Action group box OK Select OK to implement the defined parameters and create the triangle wave Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close 3 62 Reference Creating Waveforms Pulse When you select Pulse from the Create menu the dialog box in Figure 3 33 appears Pulse Wave Vertical Horizontal Seconds Points Maximum v J Start Point Pts hi 25 J P Stop Point Pts Action EJ Cycles e c Heplace inser Calculate Period Doly BPs Pulse Width 50 Pts Transitions 10 90 Pulse Direction Pos Neg Risetime Falltime Ramp Sine 2 Ram O Sine Figure 3 33 Pulse Wave Dialog Box Vertical Specify the pulse amplitude parameters Maximum Enter the highest desired voltage level in this edit box The value should not exceed the limit of the target instrument Minimum Enter the lowest desired voltage level in this e
258. ou have not saved the waveform and given the opportunity to save it Select No for each option We no longer need these waveforms 44 From the Display menu select Zoom In Magnify the region between approximately x 36 us y 750 mV and x 42 us y 100 mV 2 31 Tutorial 2 32 45 Move the Start Marker to 37 413 us 46 Move the Stop Marker to 40 833 us 47 From the Edit menu select Replace Between Markers The contents of the edit buffer containing the Modulated Sine Squared Pulse are inserted into the current waveform between the markers The displayed waveform appears as shown in Figure 2 14 WaveWriterJAWE AWG2020 LESSON2 ADF File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms 39 micro Seconds 513 48mv_ E Figure 2 14 Modulated Sine Squared Pulse 48 To return to the original display select Zoom Out from the Display menu Step 10 Create the Modulated 5 Riser Staircase Test Signal The last portion of the NTC waveform we are creating is the Staircase Perform the following steps to add the staircase to the existing waveform 1 From the Create menu select Sine The Sine dialog box appears Some values entered previously are retained Inthe Horizontal group enter 42 9968u in the Start Point edit box m Inthe Stop Point edit box enter 49 4886u m Inthe Frequency edit box enter 3 581662M Select Calculate Cycles Operating Basics WaveWriter AWE User Man
259. ove the mouse in the horizontal direction a line segment extends from the start point to the horizontal position of the cursor When the cursor reaches the desired end point release the LEFT mouse button to discontinue the line segment and disable drawing Repeat for additional line segments To use Envelope Max Don t Care from the Keyboard 1 Select Envelope Max Don t Care from the Draw menu and press EN TER Use the direction keys to move the cursor to the desired starting point Press either ENTER or SPACEBAR to enable drawing Press the direction keys to extend the line segment in the desired direc tion The line extends in a horizontal direction originating from the start point Press either ENTER or SPACEBAR to end the line segment and disable drawing Repeat for additional line segments Reference Envelope Min Don t Care WaveWriter AWE User Manual Drawing Waveforms The Envelope Min Don t Care selection is similar to the Horizontal menu selection With this command you can draw a don t care acceptance range for the lower limit of the waveform envelope The don t care bit level is determined by the target instrument as the minimum bit level the instru ment supports When you select this option the don t care value is used anytime you draw outside the display axis range To use Envelope Min Don t Care with the Mouse 1 2 5 Select Envelope Min Don t
260. ow Send Between Markers Sends only the portion between and including the markers The number of points sent plus the Start At value specified must be less than the maximum allowed by the target instrument Location Specify the target instrument reference memory location 1 through 4 The Rec Length is the currently allocated size for the selected reference memory Partial Waveform Use this group box to allocate reference memory size Allocate Reference Memory When this box is checked the size specified in the Points box will be allocated to the selected reference memory before sending the waveform data If this is not checked the size of the selected reference will remain unchanged Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix L TDS Series Dialogs and Messages Points This box is grayed unless Allocate Reference Memory is checked It is used to select a size in points for allocating to a reference memory Only those sizes that are available in the instrument are displayed in the box Start At Aligns the waveform to a desired horizontal point in memory Data in the reference memory before Start At is unaltered except when Don t Care and Send Between Markers are selected for envelopes Don t Care Fill In Sets an envelope lying outside of the markers from the beginning of the allocated memory to Start At and following the wave form to the next reference boundary to the minimum and maximum l
261. ox Baud Rate Specify a compatible Baud Rate for communications be tween your PC and the target instrument Data Bits Set the number of bits Data is usually transmitted in 8 bit bytes Stop Bits Set this value identical to the target instrument EOL Specify the End of Line Character s the instrument expects to see at the end of a transmission The setting is necessary if you use no Flow Control Flow Control Specify the action if the buffer overflows data from the instrument If None is selected data is lost If Xon Xoff is selected software flags are used to stop and start the data flow If the instrument is transmit ting binary data this method should not be used If Hardware is selected hardware signals are incorporated to control data flow Ensure the instru ment and cable are configured for the flow control specified Parity Specify the parity type None is normally selected for 8 bit data Check your instrument for allowable settings Reference Transferring Waveforms OK Incorporates the specified changes into the instrument Configuration List Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the Configure Instrument dialog Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close Acquire Use the Ac
262. p Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close Add Su btract cae sa ofa Hetil E ae eae Shea es ie point A Par of another waveform wi e Subtract Multiply or Divide selections as a The possible waveform combinations are v m Add the second waveform to the first waveform Subtract the second waveform from the first waveform Multiply the first waveform by the second waveform Divide the first waveform by the second waveform When you select Add Subtract Multiply Or Divide Waveforms a dialog box similar to Figure 3 43 appears Except for the title bar at the top of the dialog box and the arithmetic operator displayed between Waveform 1 and Wave form 2 the display is the same for each of the menu options 3 78 Reference Processing Waveforms Add YWYaveforms Displayed Waveforms 2 LTS ADF ACQ_ADF p ina Redi pose rocessing Region Entire Waveform Between Markers Wm 1 Wim 2 Figure 3 43 Add Waveforms Dialog Box Displayed Waveforms Displays all waveforms currently in memory Waveforms are either created as the current waveform or loaded from the File menu You can identify waveforms for processing from this list box Processing Region Apply the menu selection to Entire Waveform Performs signal processing operat
263. peak voltage in the Amplitude edit box Enter the offset voltage in the Offset edit box For example a waveform with 4 V peak to peak amplitude and a 1 V offset would vary from 1 to 3 V Values should not exceed the limits of the target instru ment Horizontal Specify the triangle wave horizontal parameters 3 60 Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual Creating Waveforms NOTE Clock Rate is a fundamental parameter used in calculating wave forms Use the Waveforms gt Change Clock Rate menu to set the system clock rate Seconds Specifies that the units for the Start and Stop Point parame ters are in seconds Points Specifies that the units for the Start and Stop Point parameters are in points Start Point Enter or calculate the horizontal starting position of the triangle wave Do not confuse the Start Point location with the Start Marker location They are not necessarily the same point Stop Point Enter or calculate the horizontal ending location of the triangle wave Do not confuse the Stop Point location with the Stop Marker location They are not necessarily the same point Frequency Enter or calculate the frequency of the waveform Cycles Enter or calculate the number of cycles to be created The triangle wave extends from the Start Point to the Stop Point over the defined number of cycles One of the last four parameters above will always be calculated automatical ly when
264. point PT_OFF 0 XZERO 0 000 YUNIT V YMULT nn nnEnn Volts per level YOFF 2 047E 03 YZERO nn nnEnn offset CURVE ASCII character string length of Byte Count string ASCII character string Byte Count byte count as ASCII character string First data point in binary High byte low byte High byte low byte nth data point WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix B Waveform Formats XINCR YMULT and YZERO values can be integer decimal or exponential notation The Byte count is twice that number of data points Data Conversion To convert a high byte low byte pair to an integer value use the following expression WfmValue HighByte lt lt 8 LowByte amp 255 For instruments with 12 bit resolution i e all except for the AWG2040 and AWG2041 WfmValue ranges from 0 to 4094 To convert to a signed integer subtract 2047 The AWG2040 and 2041 have 8 bit resolution and the least significant four bits are always set to zero WfmValue ranges from 0 to 4064 To convert to a signed integer subtract 2032 Appendices Appendix B Waveform Formats AWG510 AWG520 and AWG610 ISF files for AWG510 AWG520 and AWG610 arbitrary waveform generators are formatted in binary for the waveform data and markers and in ASCII for the other parts The file format for the AWG510 is very different from other instrument and described below using the BNF notation The ISF file consists of four ma
265. ponding Time per Point and Frequency values press the TAB or ENTER key The edit boxes will update with the equiva lent values The dialog box appears as shown in Figure 2 20 TDS Series Clock Rate Time Per Division S Time per Point 400s S Frequency Points 7 Second Figure 2 20 TDS Series Clock Rate Dialog Box 4 Select OK The Clock readout indicates the new clock rate NOTE The appearance of the TDS Series Clock Rate dialog is the same for all TDS series scopes Do not be confused by this provided you carried out Step 2 in this tutorial correctly WaveWriter knows that your waveform is associated with a TDS 500 type of scope If you think that you have made a mistake check that the driver wtds500a drv is displayed against the name TDS500 in the Configure Instrument dialog box and correct as necessary Also check that the name TDS500 is displayed in the title bar of the WaveWriter main window and use the Waveforms Associate Waveform selection to associate the waveform with the instrument named TDS500 if necessary 2 43 Tutorial 2 44 Step 4 Open a New File To open a new file perform the following steps 1 From the File menu select Open The Open dialog box appears 2 Inthe Directories list box double click awe4 sample In the File Name list box scroll and select the square adf file 3 Select OK The Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog box appears
266. put To Back Plane If Source is not set to SOFT or FRONT this button is grayed Selecting this button causes a signal to be output from one of the backplane TTLTRGn connections when the instrument triggers This allows the instrument to serve as a master for controlling other instruments on the VXI bus Connection When Source is set to BACKPLANE this is used to select which TTLTRGn backplane connection serves as the trigger source For other sources this box is grayed unless Output To Back plane is selected In that case it is used to select the backplane connection from which the trigger signal will be output When back plane connections are being used by both Trigger and Clock see below WaveWriter will not allow the same connection for both NOTE When SOFT and Output To Backplane are selected the user must additionally connect the front panel SYNC output socket to the EXT TRIG input socket This function is achieved by setting the sync flag in the first point of the waveform This done invisibly to the user by WaveWriter There is a delay of approximately 100ns between the triggering of the instrument and the triggering of connected instruments Clock This is used to set clock sources and clock output selections Using backplane connections as clock sources and outputs allows the clocking of a number of instruments to be synchronized Depending on what is required all of the following items may need to be set
267. quire selection to capture waveforms from any configured instru ment When you select Acquire the Aquire Waveform dialog box containing a list of configured instruments similar to Figure 3 48 appears Only instruments incorporated with the Configure Instruments menu are listed If there is only one such instrument this dialog box is bypassed and the instrument specif ic dialog box appears See the Appendices at the end of this manual from Appendix E to the end of the manual for details of instrument specific dialogs Acquire Waveform Instrument List Figure 3 48 Acquire Waveform Dialog Box WaveWriter AWE User Manual 3 87 Transferring Waveforms Send 3 88 Instrument List Select the instrument from which waveform data is to be acquired from the list This is also the associated instrument of the newly acquired waveform after it has been copied into WaveWriter s memory Double clicking on a list entry is equivalent to selecting an entry and then selecting the OK button OK On selecting this button a dialog box specific to the selected instru ment will appear prompting the user for further instrument specific acquisition options After the user has completed setting these options the waveform will be copied from the instrument into WaveWriter s memory and will be associated with the selected instrument Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select
268. r the time in seconds If no external clock is pres ent the values must be in a 1 2 5 sequence from 2440 instrument 100 ms to 40 ps All other 2400 Series instruments 100 ms to 100 ps If an external clock is present the valid values are 1 us to 10 ns Frequency Enter the frequency in Hz If no external clock is present the values must be in a 1 2 5 sequence from 2440 instrument 10 Hz to 25 GHz All other 2400 Series instruments 10 Hz to 10 GHz If an external clock is present the valid values are 1 Mpt s to 100 Mpt s External Clock Indicates that an external clock is to be used OK When OK is selected the clock rate is verified for appropriate limits If you are not using an external clock and the specified rate is not a 1 2 5 sequence you are offered a choice between the next higher and lower valid values When a valid clock rate is entered the clock rate display above the Waveform Display Area updates with the new clock rate If the horizontal axis scale is displayed in seconds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix N 2400 Series Dialogs and Messages Acquire Waveform Use this dialog box see Figure N 2 to acquire a waveform from a 2400 Series instrument You may acquire a waveform from Channel 1 Channel 2 or reference memories 1 through 4 You are prompt
269. re 2 8 Step 8 Create a 2T Pulse The third portion of the NTC waveform is the 2T pulse Perform the following steps to add the pulse to the existing waveform 1 From the Create menu select Equation The Equation dialog box appears 2 Select the Library button at the bottom of the dialog box The equation library dialog box appears 2 27 Tutorial 3 Scroll and select the 2T pulse entry by double clicking on it The Equation dialog box is redisplayed with the selected 2T pulse equation entered in the Equation edit box 4 Select the Seconds option button 5 In the Horizontal group enter 33 923u in the Start Point edit box 6 Enter 34 551u in the Stop Point edit box 7 Inthe Action group select the Replace option button The Equation dialog box should be identical to Figure 2 12 Equation 4 143 sin 2 pi t 000033923 795924 86 2 Horizontal Action Replace Start Point 33 923u Points Insert Sop Point seoomte Oc oO New Waveform Figure 2 12 Equation for 2T Pulse 8 Select OK to add the 2T pulse to the waveform 9 From the Display menu select Zoom In to magnify the region just created 2 28 Operating Basics WaveWriter AWE User Manual Tutorial The 2T Pulse should be identical to Figure 2 13 WaveWritevAWE AWG2020 lessanz File Edit Display Draw Create SiyPruc Transfer Yavefunus Clock 14 9nS gt 34 34uS micro Secands fy 3 95mV
270. red waveform The current record length is changed to that of the acquired waveform record Create New Waveform The new waveform name is to be speci fied in the Waveform Name edit box The default name is the source file name without extension You may change it to any legal name The acquired waveform becomes current after transfer OK This button is enabled only when valid source and destination are selected When replacing the current waveform a destination name is not required Once the OK button is pressed the waveform data is transferred to WaveWriter Conformance to Target If the acquired waveform data does not conform to the target instrument s ranges voltage data and timing data are affected Voltage If the acquired waveform amplitude exceeds the display window limits the waveform is clipped on the display No data is lost Clock Rate If the clock rate doesn t match a warning is displayed and you are prompted to choose one of the following actions m Change the clock rate of the incoming waveform to the current clock rate m Massage expand or compress the incoming waveform to maintain a timing match see the explanation of the Edit Horizontal Resolution section for details of messaging m Change the current clock rate to match the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instru ment this option is grayed and unavailable Cancel the acquisit
271. rm as noted in the title bar Next load the file again but this time choose the second option to maintain timing so you can compare results 8 From the File menu select Save The Save As dialog appears 9 Inthe File Name edit box change the name to ultra2 adf 10 Select OK to save the current waveform ultra2 adf 2 16 Operating Basics WaveWriter AWE User Manual Tutorial 11 From the File menu select Open Scroll the left list box and select ul tra2 adf Click OK to confirm your selection The Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog box appears Select the AWG2020 and Use Current default Amp Offset as before 12 Select OK 13 From the Edit menu select Horizontal Resolution 14 The Horizontal Resolution dialog box appears 15 Enter 2ms in the New Interval edit box 16 Select OK The waveform is then altered to conform to the new clock rate Notice the differences in the two waveforms The new waveform becomes the current waveform as noted by the change in the title bar and the change of wave form colors The waveform appears as shown in Figure 2 6 WaveWriter AWE AWG2020 ULTRASON ADF File Edit Display Draw Create SiyPruc Transfer SYavefunus wu 41 0 mill Seconds hy 705 13m Figure 2 6 Waveform Display Area 17 From the File menu select Save Change the filename from ultra2 adf to ultrason adf 18 Select OK 19 In the Warning box select YES to ov
272. rompt for a waveform name you entered a name that does not exist Check the spelling of the entry or use the Wave form Summary menu to display a list of all waveforms currently in WaveWriter memory A 5 Appendix A Error and Warning Messages E360 Name already exists For the menu selection Configure Instrument you entered a name that already exists and selected Add to append a new entry to the Instrument List Either provide a unique name and select Add or select Change to overwrite the existing information for the selected instrument E361 Invalid offset for current display amplitude You entered a value or autoscaled the offset to a value unacceptable to the target instrument This error is generated for instruments that require the offset to be within a certain range based on amplitude For offset limitations see the Appendix specific to your instrument E362 Parameters given cause the waveform to be greater than the period For the menu selection Pulse or Square the values entered were inappropri ate The component parameters when entered together exceed the wave form period Satisfy the following relationship for Pulse entries Delay Pulse Width Rise Fall lt Period Satisfy the following relationship for Square entries Rise Fall lt Stop Start Cycles The Rise and Fall in the above equations is not the Rise and Fall you enter in the edit boxes they are modified based on the Ramp or S
273. rwritten by the acquired waveform The acquired waveform record length is the new record length Create Waveform You are prompted for a new waveform name The acquired waveform becomes the current waveform The previous cur rent waveform is now a background waveform Waveform Name Enter a valid name for the waveform being ac quired OK When OK is selected the waveform is acquired loaded into memory and displayed as the current waveform Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Conformance to Target If the acquired waveform data does not conform to the target instrument s ranges voltage data and timing data are affected Voltage If the acquired waveform amplitude exceeds the display window limits the waveform is clipped on the display No data is lost however Clock Rate If the clock rate does not match a warning is displayed and you are prompted for one of the following solutions m Change the clock rate of the incoming waveform to the current clock rate m Massage expands or compresses the incoming waveform to maintain a timing match Change the current clock rate to match the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instrument this option is grayed out and unavailable Cancel the acquisition and return to the main menu Send Waveform You can send the current waveform to a file in AWG500 600 har
274. s Dialogs and Messages Normal Applies no operation Add Adds the output of Channel 2 to Channel 1 and turns off Channel 2 ExtAdd Add the signal input to the external BNC connectors to channel 1 AM Multiplies the output of Channel 2 to Channel 1 and turns off Channel 2 Ext AM Multiplies Channel 1 by the external signal applied through the external BNC connector The AWG 2040 and 2041 have no operation feature so this box will be grayed when those instruments are being used The ExtAdd selection is not displayed when an AWG2020 or AWG2021 is being used If Load to Channel is not selected or the selected channel is not channel 1 Operation is grayed and cannot be used Load to channel By selecting this button the waveform is loaded into an output channel as well as being copied into a file in the instrument When selected the Channel buttons and various other things related to channel output are enabled in the dialog box otherwise they are grayed Channel 1 2 3 4 These are used to select which channel the waveform is loaded into If Load to channel is not selected all of these buttons are grayed Otherwise the buttons for channels that are available on the instru ment being used are enabled All four channels are available when an AWG 2005 is being used 1 and 2 are available when an AWG 2020 or 2021 is being used and only Channel 1 when an AWG 2040 or 2041 is being used Channel 2 is not enabled if an AWG2020 2021 withou
275. s from memory and try again E303 Initialization failed When loading WaveWriter insufficient memory was available to initialize the defaults Clear any unneeded programs from memory and try again A 1 Appendix A Error and Warning Messages E304 Waveform name name already exists You attempted to create a waveform that already exists Specify a new waveform name to proceed with the operation E305 Error reading file filename WaveWriter detected an error reading the indicated filename Check for a disk error or corrupt file E306 Error creating file filename WaveWriter detected an error creating the filename shown Check for a disk error E307 Error closing file filename WaveWriter detected an error when attempting to close the filename indi cated Check for a disk error or full disk E308 Error opening file filename for read Opening the indicated filename produced an error Check for a disk error E309 Error creating temporary file Creating a temporary file produced an error E310 Error removing temporary files Deleting temporary files created an error The files may only be partially deleted E311 Error writing to disk Check for disk full WaveWriter detected an error creating or writing to an output file check for a full disk If necessary free up disk space by deleting unneeded files To avoid losing waveform data minimize WaveWriter and use the Win
276. s zero Instead WaveWriter substituted the smallest adjacent nonzero data point If all adjacent points were 0 WaveWriter divided by 1 W406 SYSTEM LIMITS EXCEEDED Resultant waveform was clipped at value For the menu selections Add Scalar Multiply by Scalar Add Waveforms Subtract Waveforms Multiply Waveforms or Divide Waveforms the resultant waveform had a value exceeding the system limits The upper lower bound value was assigned instead W407 Unable to create Undo buffer Undo will not be available Insufficient disk space is available to preserve a waveform copy before altering it Minimize WaveWriter and use the Windows Control Panel to delete files as necessary then select OK to continue Select Cancel at any time to abort Appendix A Error and Warning Messages A 10 W408 Current display amplitude is too large for selected target instru ment Display amplitude will be adjusted For the menu selection Configure Instrument you changed the target instru ment The current vertical axis range now exceeds the maximum allowed for the instrument WaveWriter will adjust the vertical axis to the maximum Waveforms may appear clipped on the display but no data is lost W409 Full autoscale needs a display amplitude which is too large for the selected target instrument Display amplitude will be adjusted to the maxi mum possible When attempting to autoscale the current waveform the waveform ampli tude ex
277. sed waveform data with a maximum length of at least 262144 points can be copied See Driver Limits below for details of waveform length limits Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix Q VX4790A Dialogs and Messages NOTE When paged memory is not selected waveform data is copied to the beginning of memory When paged memory is selected wave form data is copied to the beginning of the selected page where each page starts on a 65536 point boundary In either case the last point copied is marked with the end of data flag If data that does not fill the entire memory is copied without Paged Memory selected then depending on the length of the data the contents of pages not overwritten by the new data will still be usable The same applies to data copied without Paged Memory selected and data copied afterwards with Paged Memory selected provided there is no overlap no data will be lost However WaveW riter will not warn you if data is copied into an area that contains data that was copied previously Each page has a separate copy of various instrument setup op tions Changing the options for one page or for the entire memory does not affect any other page s setup options RUN Cause the waveform in the currently selected location to be output by sending a soft trigger The location can be the entire memory or a page and is selected using the Paged Memory check box together with the Page Number box The output i
278. settings Note that some suppliers of Arbitrary Genera tors use AWG and AFG synonymously Cont An AWG 2020 triggering mode that continuously outputs waveforms DDS Direct Digital Synthesis FFT Fast Fourier Transform algorithm for converting waveforms from the time domain into the frequency domain The AWG 2020 includes an FFT editor to change frequency domain parameters Filter An output parameter that restricts the frequency band The desired filter is selectable in the SETUP menu Foreign Format Used when referring to waveform files that have a formats that are used by WaveWriter for transferring data to other programs or to instruments Files in various foreign formats can be read and written by WaveWriter but the user is encouraged to use native format files for storing wave form data when possible General purpose knob The front panel rotary knob that is used to select items or move the cursor position within the CRT display area Grayed When a control in a dialog box cannot be used it is usually displayed in different less prominent color than when it can be used This color change is referred to as being grayed In this condition no user selec tion or input operation can be performed on the control WaveWriter AWE User Manual Glossary 1 Glossary Internal memory Includes only the AWG 2020 internal random access memory Marker Signal An instrument output that indicates when a particular part of the outpu
279. sics Tutorial Lesson 2 This lesson steps you through the creation of a television signal waveform Creating and Saving using various WaveWriter menu selections In Lesson 2 we will learn to use a TV Signal Create functions Equation Sine and Pulse Waveform Draw functions Autoline and Horizontal Edit functions Copy Between Markers and Replace Between Markers SigProc functions Add Scalar Multiply by Scalar and Multiply Wave forms The waveform you will create is a NTC 7 composite test signal consisting of the following five parts Horizontal Blanking pulse m Line Bar 2T Pulse Modulated Sine Squared Pulse Modulated 5 Riser Staircase Figure 2 8 shows the waveform you will create a WaveWriterJAWE AY7G2020 NTC 7 ADF File Edit Display Draw Create SigProc Transfer Waveforms milli Seconds 678 26m Figure 2 8 NTC 7 Composite Test Signal WaveWriter AWE User Manual 2 21 Tutorial 2 22 Step 1 Clear All Waveforms from WaveWriter Memory To avoid confusing current waveforms with waveforms from previous ses sions clear all waveforms from memory before proceeding If there are waveforms existing in memory from a previous session you will be prompted If you wish to save prior data select Yes Otherwise select No Perform the following steps to clear the memory 1 From the Waveforms menu select Clear Waveform s The Clear Waveform s dialog box appears 2 Select the
280. solator is also closed but all other instrument settings remain unchanged regardless of what other options are set in the VX4790A Send Waveform dialog box No waveform data is sent and the VX4790A Send Waveform dialog box remains displayed STOP If any waveform is being output stop it No instrument settings are changed and no waveform data is sent The VX4790A Send Waveform dialog box remains displayed ISOLATOR CLOSED If this button is not selected the isolator on the output will be opened Waveforms can be sent and depending on the settings may execute but there will be no waveform output Mode This specifies the trigger mode The following modes can be selected CONTINUOUS output continuously m WAIT wait for a trigger and then output continuously WAIT ONCE wait for a trigger and then output once BURST wait for a trigger and then output a number of times Appendix Q VX4790A Dialogs and Messages Count This is the number of times the waveform is to be output The box is grayed unless the Mode is BURST Filter This specifies which low pass output filter if any is to be applied The available selections are THRU no filter applied or one of the filters 5MHz 500kHz 50kHz Operation Specifies the modulation operation The following options can be selected NONE No modulation applied EXTERNAL AM The signal applied to the AM IN input on the instrument is used t
281. sses WaveWriter specif ic issues 3 To close the Help window double click on the Control menu box at the upper left corner of the window You return to the Help Topics dialog box 4 To exit the Help function select Cancel Step 3 Clear All Waveforms from WaveWriter Memory To avoid confusing current waveforms with waveforms from previous ses sions clear all waveforms from memory before proceeding If there are waveforms existing in memory from a previous session you will be prompted If you wish to save prior data select Yes Otherwise select No Perform the following steps to clear the memory 1 From the Waveforms menu select Clear Waveform s The Clear Waveform s dialog box appears 2 Select the All Waveforms button NOTE Clear Waveform s is grayed and unavailable if there are no wave forms in memory If there are altered waveforms in memory not previously saved you are given the option to save them before deleting them Step 4 Configuring a Target Instrument The selected target instrument defines instrument specific parameters and limits such as clock rate start and stop marker limits and vertical resolution and display range The target instrument is the only instrument you can send waveform data to until you select a different target instrument Tutorial Each waveform is associated with its own target instrument You will be asked which instrument to use each time you open or create a new wave form
282. st 3 97 Waveform Summary 3 94 monitor colors 2 10 monochrome 2 10 move markers 2 20 multiply waveforms 3 78 N name waveform 3 7 naming waveform A 5 Native Format Glossary 2 NVRam Glossary 2 O Offset 2 4 2 19 3 89 Offset Binary 3 16 operating system 2 3 optional equipment 1 3 output waveform to instrument 3 81 P parity 3 86 pi 3 54 points memory size 1 3 ports 3 84 Printers 3 21 processing waveforms 3 78 add 3 78 divide 3 78 multiply 3 78 subtract 3 78 pulse waves 3 63 Index Q quick reference 3 1 R README TXT 2 2 readouts X Y 2 7 recommended memory size 1 3 registration card 1 2 resolution 2 4 3 25 3 26 3 29 3 95 RS232 3 85 S sample equation 3 56 D 1 save file ADIF 3 12 CSV 3 13 ISF 3 13 scale waveforms 3 77 Send Waveform AFG2020 E 4 AFG310 320 F 2 Send waveform 11000 Series O 5 2400 Series N 5 AFG5101 5501 l 4 AFG5102 J 4 AWG2000 Series G 4 AWG500 600 Series H 3 AWG5102 J 4 AWG5105 K 4 TDS Series L 6 VX4790A Q 4 VX4792 R 4 setting addresses 3 84 amplitude 3 89 axis ranges 2 14 3 32 clock rate 2 13 3 89 colors 3 38 cursors 3 38 GPIB address 2 12 line styles 3 38 WaveWriter AWE User Manual markers 2 20 3 34 monitor 2 10 offset 3 89 parity 3 86 RS232 3 85 target instrument 3 90 units 2 7 Signal Processing menu 3 77 Add Scalar 3 78 Add Waveforms 3 78 Div
283. strument List Associate the ISF file with a source instrument by making a selection from the list OK The driver for the selected instrument reads the file in the ISF format Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close Associate Waveform with Instrument Instrument List Display Use Current Amp Offset Autoscale at middle of Wfm Figure 3 5 Associate Waveform with Instrument Dialog Box 3 10 Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual File Operations Associate Waveform with Instrument Instrument List Associate the waveform with a target instrument by making a selection from the list Display Select either of two options Use Current Amp Offset or Auto scale at middle of Wfm Use Current Amp Offset The Axis Ranges for the new waveform will be identical to those of the current selected waveform Autoscale at middle of Wim The waveform is displayed as if the Display Autoscale at middle of Wim menu were selected OK Associates the new waveform with the designated target instrument and adjusts the amplitude offset as specified in the Display group Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the
284. t waveform is being output Marker signals are used to synchronize the operation of instruments in a measurement system Marker Signals should not be confused with WaveWriter s marker flags which are com pletely different things that happen to have the same name Mass memory Includes the internal non volatile random access memory NVRam and the external floppy disk memory Native Format Used when referring to waveform files that have a formats that are most commonly used by WaveWriter Files in various native formats can be read and written by WaveWriter The user is encouraged to use the ADIF 1 0 binary ADIF 1 0 ASCII or CSV formats for storing waveform data when possible These are the formats that are most likely to be sup ported in future versions of WaveWriter NVRam The AWG 2020 internal non volatile random access memory Offset Binary A way of representing a signed integer values in a binary format some times used instead of the more common twos compliment format Some types of waveform files contain point values written in this format Each value is represented by a word of a fixed number of bits which contains a positive integer number Numbers greater than a certain offset repre sent positive values and those less than the offset represent negative values Pan Allows display of waveform segments across the horizontal time axis of a zoomed waveform Scope A commonly used abbreviation of the word oscilloscope Sta
285. t attempt to run a previous version of WaveWriter in the same Windows session E387 ISF Save File function not available for this driver The selected driver is incapable of saving data in the ISF format Save the data in ADIF or CSV format Appendices Warning Messages WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix A Error and Warning Messages E388 Instrument cannot be deleted because it is the target instrument Move the associated default waveform to another instrument and delete the current target instrument E390 E391 E392 These messages are equivalent to E352 E353 and E354 W400 Replace existing filename file The selected output file already exists Enter Y to replace the existing file or N to cancel the operation W401 filename has changed Do you wish to save For the menu selection Clear Waveform s you chose to delete a waveform not previously saved Enter Y to save the waveform or N to clear it This option is also exercised when exiting WaveWriter without saving a created or modified waveform Select Cancel to abort the operation W402 Configuration values changed but not saved Exit still You altered the value s of the highlighted entry without specifying Add or Replace Enter Y to leave the value s unchanged enter N to return to the dialog box to reenter a value W405 Attempt to divide by zero For the menu selection Divide one or more points of the divisor waveform wa
286. t be less than the maximum of 32768 points Begin ADDR Sets the address you want the waveform to start at Enter a number between 0 and 32767 MARKER O P Marker output options Location Sets the marker output address The valid range is 0 to 32767 Filter Selects one of four fixed low pass filters applicable to the arbitrary waveform output The valid selections are 0 no filter 1 filter with 1 MHz cut off 2 filter with 140 kHz cut off 3 filter with 11 kHz cut off J 4 Appendices Appendix J AFG 5102 AWG 5102 Dialogs and Messages 4 filter with 900 Hz cut off Auto Execute Moves the contents of the AFG memory into the execu tion buffer Output ON Toggles the AFG output on or off AM ON Toggles output amplitude modulation on or off OK Selecting OK sets all parameters and sends the current waveform to the specified reference memory location Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Driver Limits This driver uses the limits listed below to determine valid display amplitude offset and clock rate Display Amplitude The valid range is 9 8 mV to 15 V for the AFG 5102 5502 9 8 mV to 9 99 V for the AWG 5102 5502 Offset The amplitude and offset must together conform to the following relationship Amplitude 2 Offset lt 7 5 V AFG 5102 5502 Amplitude 2 Offset lt 5 V AWG 5102 5502 Time per Point T
287. t panel to gain additional memory Appendices Appendix M 2200 Series Dialogs and Messages WaveWriter AWE User Manual This appendix describes the dialog boxes and error messages specific to the 2200 Series Digital Storage Oscilloscopes the 2221A 2230 and 2232A are specifically supported This driver supports the Acquire feature of WaveWriter only it does not send waveforms to an instrument Change Clock Rate Use the following dialog box see Figure M 1 to change the current clock rate This reassigns the time per point and does not change the waveform shape or size 2200 Series Clock Rate Enter ONE of the following Time Per Division E S Time per Point S Frequency aa Points 7 Second C External Clock Figure M 1 2200 Series Clock Rate Dialog Box Time Per Division Enter the time in seconds If no external clock is present the values must be in a 1 2 5 sequence from 5 s to 5 ns If an external clock is present the valid values are 1 ms to 5 ns Time per Point Enter the time in seconds If no external clock is pres ent the values must be in a 1 2 5 sequence from 50 ms to 50 ps Appendix M 2200 Series Dialogs and Messages If an external clock is present the valid values are 10 ms to 50 ps Frequency Enter the frequency in Hz If no external clock is present the values must be in a 1 2 5 sequence from 20 Hz to 20 GHz If an external clock is present the valid values are 100 k
288. t the channel 2 option is being used Output On When this button is selected the switch on the output of the selected channel will be closed After sending the waveform will be output when the instrument s trigger conditions are satisfied This control is grayed if Load to Channel is not selected Invert On When this button is selected the instrument s inverted output is turned on This is only available when the instrument is an AWG2040 or 2041 Force Clock The clock rates of different channels cannot be set inde pendently The clock frequencies for channels 2 and above are the same as channel 1 or are the frequency of channel 1 divided by a power of two This power of two is the instrument s Clock Divider setting set using the instru ment s SETUP menu When Force Clock is selected the instrument s clock rate will be set the same as WaveWriter s current rate and the divider value WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix G AWG 2000 Series Dialogs and Messages will be set to 1 This ensures that the waveform is output using WaveWriters current clock rate but may cause the clock rates for the other channels to change If the selected channel is channel 1 or Load to Channel is not selected Force Clock is grayed NOTE The AWG 2005 has no divider in effect the divider value is always one However Force Clock works just the same Output Filter This is used to select the low pass filter that is appl
289. tain a timing match m Change the current clock rate to match the incoming waveform If the incoming clock rate is not valid for the selected target instru ment this option is grayed out and unavailable m Cancel the acquisition and return to the main menu Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu R 3 Appendix R VX4792 Dialogs and Messages Send Waveform You can send the current waveform to the VX4792 with the dialog box below see Figure R 3 WaT Send Waveform Waveform Portion Destination Waveform SQUARE WFH E D Between Markers EJ WAVEFORM OUTPUT ON Output Mode CONTINUOUS Count Filter Through Clock Src INTERNAL Operation NORMAL f Trigger Marker Bits Polarity POSITIVE id Level 1 400E0 Harker 1 10 20 Marker 2 100 2 Slope POSITIVE Impedance Ge Figure R 3 VX4792 Send Dialog Box Entire Waveform Sends the entire waveform Between Markers Sends only the portion of the waveform between and including markers The number of points sent must be between 64 and 262144 and must be a multiple of 8 Destination The Destination Waveform edit box displays the name of the waveform with the WFM extension The List box lists all the waveforms currently in the instrument s memory You can change the destination file name to any legal name If you enter the name of a file already in memory WaveWriter asks if you wis
290. te G 1 conformance to target G 3 dialogs amp messages G 1 driver limits G 8 error messages G 9 marker setup G 7 send waveform G 4 AWG2020 tutorial 2 37 2 41 AWG500 600 Series acquire waveform H 2 change clock rate H 1 conformance to target H 3 dialogs amp messages H 1 error messages H 9 marker setup H 6 send waveform H 3 Index 1 Index waveform file name H 6 AWG5102 acquire waveform J 2 change clock rate J 1 conformance to target J 3 driver limits J 5 error messages J 6 send waveform J 4 AWG5102 AFG5102 dialogs amp mes sages J 1 AWG5105 acquire waveform K 2 change clock rate K 1 conformance to target K 3 dialogs amp messages K 1 driver limits K 6 error messages K 7 send waveform K 4 axis autoscaling 3 34 ranges 2 14 set horizontal 3 33 set vertical 3 33 B background color 3 38 waveform 2 3 backup 2 1 baud rate 3 86 BINARY file type 3 15 Binary offset binary format 3 16 signed integer format 3 16 binary import option 3 16 bit range 2 4 display range 2 4 Byte Order 3 17 C Change clock rate 11000 Series O 1 2200 Series M 1 2400 Series N 1 AFG2020 E 1 Index 2 AFG310 320 F 1 AFG5101 5501 l 1 AFG5102 J 1 AWG2000 Series G 1 AWG500 600 Series H 1 AWG5102 J 1 AWG5105 K 1 TDS Series L 1 TVS6000 Series P 1 VX4790A Q 1 VX4792 R 1 change waveform amplitude 3 89 clock rate 3 89 offset 3 89 changing target
291. te lt gt Selecting this button causes the indicated parame ter the one with the empty check box to be calculated so that you can preview it prior to selecting OK In Figure 3 36 Start Point Stop Point and Cycles was entered and Frequency was calculated Selecting this button is optional if you do not select it the value will be calculated automatically when OK is selected 3 67 Creating Waveforms CalculateThe Calculate lt gt option button is linked to the parameter to be calculated empty check box If you wish to preview the parameter select the Calculate button The calculation is done automatically when OK is selected In Figure 3 36 Start Point Stop Point and Cycles were entered and Frequency was calculated Phase Enter the beginning phase of the triangle wave in radians or degrees Duty Cycle The time between 50 of the rise and 50 of the fall time divided by the period 50 of the rise to 50 of the next rise Duty cycle is expressed in percent See Figure 3 37 Duty Cycle A B Start Point Phase 70 50 Rise Time Fall Time Figure 3 37 Square Timing Parameters Transitions Define the square wave transition parameters Risetime Enter the horizontal distance required for the leading edge of a pulse from 10 to 90 of its amplitude Amplitude is the difference between the Maximum and Minimum values entered Ramp When selected the contribu
292. ternal Offset The valid range is 50 000 to 50 000 V Time per Point For 2200 instruments the acceptable range is 50 ps pt to 0 50 ms pt The clock rate must conform to a 1 2 5 sequence M 4 Appendices Appendix M 2200 Series Dialogs and Messages 2200 Series Error Messages E1105 2200 DSO cannot run at clock rates slower than 0 05 seconds point 5 0 seconds div Is 0 05 seconds point acceptable A clock rate too slow for the instrument was entered The acceptable range for 2200 Series instruments is 50 ps p to 0 05 s pt The clock rate must conform to a 1 2 5 sequence You are offered the opportunity to change the entry to 0 05 s pt E1106 Too slow for the 2200 external clock Accept lower limit of 10 uS point The clock rate entered is invalid for a 2200 Series instrument with an exter nal clock You are offered the opportunity to change it to the lower limit shown E1107 Too fast for the 2200 external clock Accept upper limit of 50 ps point The clock rate entered is invalid for a 2200 Series instrument with an exter nal clock You are offered the opportunity to change it to the upper limit shown E1300 Error acquiring waveform from 2200 DSO An error was detected when acquiring a waveform from a 2200 Series instrument Check the GPIB cables for secure attachment and try again E1301 All addresses searched No 2200 DSO found All primary addresses were checked for the presence of a 220
293. that the clock phase filter and frequency are affected by this setting Selected Waveform to Channel 1 Sends the waveform and its fre quency amplitude and offset parameters to Channel 1 Turn Channel 1 Output On Enables waveform transfer through Chan nel 1 You must specify the following Channel 1 Filter the filter characteristics of Channel 1 full pass 50 MHz 100 MHz Appendices Appendix E AFG 2020 Dialogs and Messages Channel 1 Phase the phase characteristics of Channel 1 from 360 to 360 degrees Selected Waveform to Channel 2 Sends the waveform and its fre quency amplitude and offset parameters to Channel 2 Turn Channel 2 Output On Enables waveform transfer through Chan nel 2 in place of or in addition to Channel 1 You must specify the following Channel 2 Filter the filter characteristics of Channel 2 full pass 50 MHz 100 MHz Channel 2 Phase the phase characteristics of Channel 2 from 360 to 360 degrees OK When you select OK the waveform is sent to the instrument Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Driver Limits This driver uses the limits listed below to determine valid display amplitude offset and clock rate Display Amplitude The valid range is 9 82 mV to 10 00 V Offset The amplitude and offset together must conform to the following relationship Amplitude 2 Absolute Valu
294. the diskettes in the WaveWriter package Use the copies for installing programs and files and store the original diskettes in a safe place Consult your DOS manual for instructions for using the diskcopy command Installing Files on a Hard Disk Insert the WaveWriter diskette into drive A NOTE In these instructions we are assuming that diskette drive A is your input device If you are using a drive with a different designation substitute the correct drive letter in each of the examples If you are already running windows you can select the Run item from the File menu of the program manager enter the file name a install and click on the OK button Alternatively and more simply you can open the File Manager window by double clicking on the File Manager icon Then in that window select the disk drive a and execute the installation program by double clicking on the name install exe You will be prompted for any additional data changes required by the instal lation program Installation Configuring GPIB Aborting the Installation If at any time you need to terminate the installation procedure press ESCAPE The diskette includes a file called README TXT Read that file now it con tains various information including some instructions that may need to be done in addition to the automatic installation procedure To avoid conflicts between PC option cards when installing a GPIB card you need to ensure th
295. the entered transition time See Fig ure 3 35 Falltime Enter the horizontal distance required for the trailing edge of a pulse from 90 to 10 of its amplitude Amplitude is the difference between the Maximum and Minimum values entered Ramp When selected the contribution of the transition time to the period is 1 25 times the entered transition time See Figure 3 35 Sine2 When selected the contribution of the transition time to the period is 2 073878 times the entered transition time See Fig ure 3 35 Ramp Sine Squared Figure 3 35 Ramp vs Sine Action Specify the placement of the pulse waveform Replace Writes over the current waveform between and including the Start and Stop Points Insert Inserts the pulse into the current waveform at the Start Point The previously defined portion of the current waveform after and includ ing the Start Point shifts to follow the end of the inserted waveform Add Arithmetically adds the pulse waveform to the current waveform between and including the Start and Stop points New Waveform Creates a new waveform You are prompted to enter a new waveform name If the Start Point is not defined as zero all data points preceding Start are set to zero volts Stop defines the end of the waveform 3 65 Creating Waveforms Square 3 66 Waveform Name Identify the new waveform by entering a DOS com patible file name The Waveform Name edit box appe
296. the horizontal position of the cursor When the cursor reaches the desired end point release the LEFT mouse button to discontinue the line segment and disable drawing To draw a horizontal line with the Keyboard 1 2 Select Horizontal from the Draw menu and press ENTER Use the direction keys to move the cursor to the desired starting point for the line segment Press either ENTER or SPACEBAR to enable drawing Press the direction keys to extend the line segment in the desired direc tion The line extends horizontally originating from the start point Press either ENTER or SPACEBAR to end the line segment and disable drawing 3 43 Drawing Waveforms Vertical 3 44 When Vertical is selected movement of the cursor in the vertical direction defines the waveform Horizontal movement of the mouse or direction keys is ignored To draw a vertical line with the Mouse 1 2 Select Vertical from the Draw menu Move the cursor to the desired starting point for the line segment Press and hold the LEFT mouse button to enable drawing Move the mouse in a vertical direction a line segment extends from the start point to the vertical position of the cursor When the cursor reaches the desired end point release the LEFT mouse button to discontinue the line segment and disable drawing To draw a vertical line with the Keyboard 1 2 Select Vertical from the Draw menu and press ENTER Use the dire
297. the waveform affected by the horizontal resolution change When Entire Wfm is selected the Waveform Interval Stop Start line notes the total length of the waveform in points and seconds When Between Markers is selected the nterval Between Markers Stop Start line notes the length of the segment between and including the markers in points and seconds New Interval Specify the desired length either the entire waveform or the marked segment Select either Points or Seconds 3 26 Reference Editing Waveforms Transform Method There are three transform methods for redefining the horizontal interval Nearest Related Point Short Function and Longer Function Figure 3 14 depicts a sine wave transformed by each of these methods A Nearest Related Point B Short Function C Longer Function Figure 3 14 Three Results of a Sine Wave Transformation Nearest Related Point The fastest method of redefining the horizontal interval Each newly assigned point is given the closest horizontal value to the original point This method preserves steps in the original waveform Short Function The general purpose method of redefining the horizon tal interval Each new point is calculated using a weighted average of the original points to either side The weighting function shape is triangular linearly decreasing as you move away from the new point location When a waveform interval is increased more points the Short Fun
298. tion of the transition time to the period is 1 25 times the entered transition time See Figure 3 38 Sine When selected the contribution of the transition time to the period is 2 073878 times the entered transition time See Fig ure 3 38 Falltime Enter the horizontal distance required for the trailing edge of a pulse from 90 to 10 of its amplitude Amplitude is the difference between the Maximum and Minimum values entered Ramp When selected the contribution of the transition time to the period is 1 25 times the entered transition time See Figure 3 38 Sine When selected the contribution of the transition time to the period is 2 073878 times the entered transition time See Fig ure 3 38 3 68 Reference Creating Waveforms Ramp Sine Squared Figure 3 38 Ramp vs Sine Action Specify the placement of the square wave Replace Writes over the current waveform between and including the Start and Stop Points Insert Inserts the square wave into the current waveform at the Start Point The previously defined portion of the current waveform after and including the Start Point shifts to follow the end of the inserted wave form Add Arithmetically adds the square wave to the current waveform between and including the Start and Stop points New Waveform Creates a new waveform You are prompted to enter a new waveform name If the Start Point is not defined as zero all data
299. tru ment If the Start or Stop marker is dragged past this length the corre sponding marker will be moved with it Each marker has a flag attached to it at the top of the Waveform Display Area The Start marker flag is marked with the symbol gt gt and the Stop marker flag with lt lt The location of the markers is indicated by the Start and Stop readouts in the upper left corner of the window Perform the following steps to move the markers 1 To move the Start marker click and drag on the flag with the gt gt As you drag the marker to the right the Stop marker automatically moves with it If you move the Start marker back to the left the Stop marker no longer moves Note that as you move the markers the marker readouts update 2 To move the Stop marker click and drag on the box with the lt lt NOTE If it becomes difficult to position a marker to a specific point use the Display Set Markers function The Set Markers function allows direct entry of point values for the markers Summary You have just completed Lesson 1 In this lesson you learned how to Start up WaveWriter m Use the Help function Configure the target instrument Set the horizontal and vertical axis ranges m Read waveforms from disk Autoscale the current waveform Zoom a portion of the current waveform Set and change waveform offsets m Move markers and enter marker coordinates Operating Ba
300. tup Dialog Box Marker 2 None Start of Wim End of Wim Given Positions Marker 1 Marker 2 Two marker signals can be set for the channel that is currently selected in the AWG500 600 Send Waveform dialog box Each marker can be set to assume its on value for the duration of specified points in the waveform At all other times it will take its off value None When this button is selected the marker signal is always at its off value Start of Wim When this button is pressed the marker signal assumes its on value while the first point in the waveform is being output End of Wfm When this button is pressed the marker signal assumes its on value while the last point in the waveform is being output Given Positions When this button is pressed the marker signal as sumes its on value while the points specified by the numbers in the box just below the button are being output The points must be separated by com mas or spaces The position box is grayed if Given Position is not selected OK Return to the AWG500 600 Send Waveform dialog The marker settings input by the user will be applied when the waveform is sent to the instrument Cancel Return to the AWG500 600 Send Waveform dialog The marker settings input by the user this time will be ignored The settings applied when the waveform is sent to the instrument will be as they were before the Marker Setup dialog box was displayed Append
301. ual This appendix describes the dialog boxes and error messages specific to the AFG 5101 5501 Change Clock Rate Use the following dialog box see Figure I 1 to change the current clock rate when the target instrument is the AFG 5101 This reassigns the time per point and does not change the waveform shape or size AFG 5101 5501 Clock Rate Time per Point 5 or Figure l 1 AFG 5101 5501 Clock Rate Dialog Box Time per Point Enter the time per point in seconds The valid range is 100 ns to 999 9 s Frequency Enter the frequency in Hz The valid range is 1 to 10 MHZ OK When the new clock rate is entered and OK is selected the clock rate display above the Waveform Display Area updates with the new clock rate If the horizontal axis is displayed in seconds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Appendix I AFG5101 5501 Dialogs and Messages Acquire Waveform Use this dialog box to acquire a waveform from either Bank 1 or Bank 2 of the AFG 5101 5501 see I 2 Each bank can hold up to an 8192 point waveform You are prompted for the following information before acquiring the wave form Acquire AFG 5101 5501 Begin Addr End Addr Bank Number a Create New Waveform Figure l 2 Acquire AFG 5101 5501 Dialog Box Beginning Address Enters the beginning address of the waveform being acquired Th
302. ual Tutorial When completed the dialog box should be identical to that shown in Fig ure 2 15 If not correct any discrepant items Sine Vertical Horizontal Max Min Ampl Offset Seconds Points int 42 9968 Amplitude 287 5m Y DI Start Point Pk Pk EX Stop Point 49 4886u Sec offset 0 dv ise J Frequency Hz Action O txeies Replace O Insent Add Radians oO New Waveform Degrees Figure 2 15 Sine Dialog Box 2 Select OK to generate the first step 3 From the Create menu select Sine The Sine dialog box appears m Inthe Vertical group enter 128 6m in the Offset edit box Inthe Horizontal group enter 49 523u in the Start Point edit box m Enter 9 125 in the Cycles edit box Select the Calculate Stop Point button to see the resulting Stop Point 4 Select OK to generate the second step 5 From the Create menu select Sine The Sine dialog box appears m Inthe Vertical group enter 257 1m in the Offset edit box Inthe Horizontal group enter 52 07u in the Start Point edit box 6 Select OK to create the third step 7 From the Create menu select Sine The Sine dialog box appears m Inthe Vertical group enter 385 7m in the Offset edit box Inthe Horizontal group enter 54 617u in the Start Point edit box 8 Select OK to generate the fourth step 2 33 Tutorial 9 From the Create menu select Sine The Sine
303. ucts will conform to the specifications in the documentation provided with the product when used properly in the specified operating environment for a period of three 3 months The warranty period begins on the date of shipment except that if the program is installed by Tektronix the warranty period begins on the date of installation or one month after the date of shipment whichever is earlier If the software product does not conform as warranted Tektronix will provide the remedial services as described in the documentation provided with the product For products offered without documentation Tektronix warrants that the media on which the software product is furnished and the encoding of the programs on the media will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of three 3 months from the date of shipment If any such medium or encoding proves defective during the warranty period Tektronix will provide a replacement in exchange for the defective medium Except as to the media on which the software product is furnished the software product is provided as is without warranty of any kind either express or implied Tektronix does not warrant that the functions contained in any software product will meet Customer s requirements or that the operation of the programs will be uninterrupted or error free In order or obtain service under this warranty Customer must notify Tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the w
304. ulates the maximum and minimum tolerances as percentages of the peak to peak amplitude of the wave form Percentage User Defined To calculate percentage values WaveW riter uses your values as 0 and 100 Enter the Maximum and Minimum Tolerance and select OK Dialog boxes then appear requesting a 0 and 100 level The Waveform Display Area cursors automatically appear for this operation Move the horizontal crosshair vertically to the desired 0 level Press either ENTER or the LEFT mouse button to accept the value The next dialog box requests a 100 level to be entered Use the same procedure as the 0 level above When the 100 level is entered the envelope is calculated and displayed Digitizing Level The specified Maximum Tolerance in digitizing levels is added to the waveform or the upper limit of the envelope The speci fied Minimum Tolerance in digitizing levels is subtracted from the wave form or the lower limit of the envelope Maximum Tolerance Adds the specified tolerance to the waveform or envelope upper limit The entry format is specific to your selection Voltage Percentage or Digitizing Level Minimum Tolerance Subtracts the specified tolerance from the wave form or the envelope lower limit The entry format is specific to your selec tion Voltage Percentage or Digitizing Level 3 71 WaveWriter AWE User Manual Creating Waveforms Processing Region Specify the portion of the
305. ument to prevent an invalid amplitude offset combination Subsequent amplitude and offset values can be integer decimal or exponential notation Binary data values range from 0 to 4 095 The Byte count is twice the number of data points plus one for the check sum byte the byte count is always an odd integer Data Conversion To convert a high byte low byte pair to an integer value use the equation WfmValue HighByte lt lt 8 LowByte amp 255 WimValue ranges from 0 to 4 095 To convert WfmValue to a signed integer subtract 2 047 WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix B Waveform Formats AFG5102 and AFG5502 ISF files for AFG5102 5502 arbitrary waveform generators are formatted as follows The text shown in parentheses is commentary and not part of the ISF format OFFSET 0 Offset initialized see text AMPL n nn Amplitude Value OFFSET n nn Offset Value RATE n nnEnn Exponential notation ARGDATA ASCII character string High byte low byte byte count First data point High byte low byte High byte low byte nth data point checksum byte Checksum byte The first OFFSET parameter initializes the instrument to prevent an invalid amplitude offset combination Subsequent amplitude and offset values can be integer decimal or exponential notation Binary data values range from 0 to 4095 The Byte count is double the number of data points plus one for the check sum byt
306. utside the markers to mini mum and maximum levels Sets the Min and Max data of the displayed waveform to the Don t Care level WaveWriter AWE User Manual N 5 Appendix N 2400 Series Dialogs and Messages OK Selecting OK sets all parameters and sends the current waveform to the specified reference memory location in the target instrument Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu 2400 Series Waveform Detail This dialog box see Figure N 4 lists the values used by the instrument to display the waveform on the screen 400 Series Display Detail INCH 2 0000E 6 5 Pt YSCALE 5 0000E 1 vrbi YOFF 5 0000E1 Levels Figure N 4 2400 Series Instrument Dependent Detail Dialog Box XINCR Lists the X axis seconds per point YSCALE Lists the Y axis amplitude in volts per division This value determines the size of the waveform on screen To change the value in crease or decrease the display amplitude of the waveform YOFF Lists the external offset in unscaled levels OK Select OK to close the dialog box N 6 Appendices Appendix N 2400 Series Dialogs and Messages Driver Limits This driver uses the limits listed below to determine valid display amplitude offset and clock rate Display Amplitude The valid range is 20 24 mV to 25400 V External Offset The valid range is 50000 to 50000 V Time per Point For the 2440 instrument t
307. voltage level in the Max edit box and lowest level in the Min box Values should not exceed the limits of the target instrument Ampl Offset Enter the desired peak to peak voltage in the Amplitude edit box Enter the offset voltage in the Offset edit box For example a waveform with 4 V peak to peak amplitude and a 1 V offset would vary from 1 to 3 V Values should not exceed the limits of the target instru ment Horizontal Specify the sine wave horizontal parameters NOTE Clock Rate is a fundamental parameter used in calculating wave forms Use the Waveforms gt Change Clock Rate menu to set the system clock rate Seconds Specify that the units for the Start and Stop Point parame ters are in seconds Points Specifies that the units for the Start and Stop Point parameters are in points Reference Creating Waveforms Start Point Enter or calculate the horizontal starting position of the sine wave Do not confuse the Start Point location with the Start Marker location They are not necessarily the same point Stop Point Enter or calculate the horizontal ending location of the sine wave Do not confuse the Stop Point location with the Stop Marker location They are not necessarily the same point Frequency Enter or calculate the frequency of the waveform Cycles Enter or calculate the number of cycles to be created The sine wave extends from the Start Point to the Stop Po
308. waveform affected Entire Waveform Envelope the entire waveform Between Markers Envelope only the area between and including the markers Horizontal Tolerance Each waveform point in the Processing Region shifts left and right by the entered amount creating a band double the specified amount Specify the tolerance in Seconds or in Points OK Select OK to implement the defined parameters and create the envelop waveform Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Help Select Help to display information relating to this menu selection Use the scroll bar if present to read the entire Help text To return to the previous dialog box select the Control menu box then select Close Envelope Couple You can use two waveforms to define the upper and lower boundaries of an envelope When you select Envelope Couple from the Create menu the dialog box in Figure 3 40 appears Envelope Couple Displayed Waveforms Max Waveform 2 LTS ADF Hin Waveform CH1 ADF Envelope Waveform Figure 3 40 Envelope Couple Dialog Box 3 72 Reference WaveWriter AWE User Manual Creating Waveforms Displayed Waveforms Lists all waveforms currently loaded Wave forms are either created as the current waveform or loaded from the File menu From this list box you can identify waveforms for the upper and lower boundaries of the envelope Max Waveform Type in the name
309. we4O01le sample am adf ch amshift adf g E gt awe40le decay_adf disk adf E sample ntc 7_adf pulse_adf sample adf sine_adf Save File as Type Drives Figure 3 6 Save As Dialog Box File Name Enter the new or existing name for the waveform to be saved The eight character file name and three character extension can be any combination of characters acceptable to the DOS system If no extension is given a default extension identifying the file format type will be automatically appended If an extension is included it will be used instead of the default extension without verification of the selected Save File as Type file format To set the write path of the file to be saved modify the Directories and or Drives list boxes Save File as Type Determines the file format used by WaveWriter to store data regardless of the extension given in the File Name File Formats You can choose from three file formats when saving waveforms ADIF ISF or CSV ADIF The Analog Data Interchange Format saves files in a signal definition format developed at Tektronix and adopted by the Stan dard Commands for Programmable Instruments SCPI Consortium It is intended to provide a common signal storage format that can be read and used by various instruments and software both from Tektronix and other vendors WaveWriter writes ADIF 99 the prelimi nary version or ADIF 1 0 ASCII or BINARY compatible with SCPI 1992 0 depe
310. wish Appendix Q TVS 600 Series Dialogs and Messages P 10 Appendices WaveWriter AWE User Manual Appendix Q VX4790A Dialogs and Messages This appendix describes dialog boxes and error messages specific to the VX4790A Change Clock Rate Use the following dialog see Figure Q 1 to change the current clock rate This re assigns the time per point and does not change the size or shape of the waveform VK4790A Clock Rate Time per Point S Frequency mm Hz SS ES n Figure Q 1 VX4790A Clock Rate Dialog Box Time per Point Enter the time per point in seconds The valid range is 40 ns to 1 33s Frequency Enter the clock frequency in Hz The valid range is 0 75 Hz to 25MHz OK When a new clock rate is input and OK is clicked the clock rate for the current waveform is changed The clock rate display above the wave form display area updates to show the new rate If the horizontal axis is displayed in seconds the scale updates to reflect the new clock rate Cancel Select Cancel to abort the operation and return to the main menu Appendix Q VX4790A Dialogs and Messages Q 2 Acquire Waveform Use this dialog box see Figure Q 2 for copying a waveform from a VX4790A to WaveWriter The source and destination of the waveform can be selected VX4790A Acquire Waveform Source X4790 gt lt Paged Memory i Page Number Destination Wave Writer Replace Current Waveform
311. wish to perform the same tutorial a second time and are about to create a file that already exists you will be warned If you wish to overwrite the exiting file select Yes When the software returns a phrase like Enter 1 24u in the Start edit box place the cursor in the Start edit box and type in the characters 1 24u Do not press the ENTER key following your entry For dialog boxes the EN TER key is usually the equivalent of selecting OK The most effective way to use WaveWriter is with a mouse If you are not using a mouse refer to your Microsoft Windows manuals for information on how the interface works without a mouse NOTE The user must be familiar with Microsoft Windows to perform the following tutorials If not please refer to the appropriate Microsoft Windows manual or their tutorial on learning Windows WaveWriter AWE User Manual 2 9 Tutorial Lesson 1 System Fundamentals 2 10 This lesson will familiarize you with the following WaveWriter concepts m Help screens Clearing waveforms The target instrument Clock rate Horizontal and vertical axis scaling Autoscaling Zooming Offset Moving markers m Cursor coordinates Step 1 Starting WaveWriter If you have not installed WaveWriter please do so before continuing See page 2 1 Installation To begin you should be in the Windows environment and have located the WaveWriter icon WaveWriter 4 01E in the program group na
312. x Location Specifies the desired acquisition channel CHAN1 CHAN2 CHANS CHAN4 CALC1 CALC2 CALC3 or CALC4 Replace Current Waveform Overwrites the current waveform with the acquired waveform The acquired waveform record length is the new current record length Create New Waveform Prompts for a new waveform name The ac quired waveform becomes the current waveform The previous current waveform is now a background waveform Appendix Q TVS 600 Series Dialogs and Messages Setup When Setup is selected the TVS600 Setup Dialog Box is dis played where you may configure the instrument condition such as input range clock frequency record length trigger level and so on Initiate When Initiate is selected the TVS600 instrument is caused to acquire a new data record When no channel is already enabled in the setup dialog this button is disabled grayed If a trigger event successfully oc curred after the initiation the status of the channel calculation radio buttons will be updated and you will be ready to read data into WaveWriter Name Enter a valid name for the waveform being acquired OK When OK is selected the waveform is acquired loaded into memory and displayed as the current waveform Cancel Select Cancel to abort the current operation and return to the main menu Conformance to Target If the acquired waveform data does not conform to the target instrument s ranges voltage and
313. y The Y readout always displays Volts If you move the mouse within the Waveform Display Area the Coordinates update Help The menu item at the far right of the Menu Bar is the Help command When you select Help with no dialog box on the screen the index page of the help information is displayed using Windows Help utility The usage of the utility is not described in this manual Refer to the Windows User Manual You define waveform characteristics by entering or modifying parameters within the dialog boxes associated with some menus Units of Measure Wherever appropriate units of measure are appended to an edit box at its right side Modifiers to those units are included as part of the data within the edit box For example a value of 230 milliseconds is displayed as 230m S The modifiers recognized by WaveWriter are the following Systeme Interna tionale Sl characters Case is significant E exa u micro P pecta n nano T tera p pico G giga f femto M mega a atto k kilo m milli WaveWriter AWE User Manual Using WaveWriter 2 8 Noninteger numeric values are expressed in scientific or exponential nota tion Scientific notation uses a mantissa a decimal number followed by an exponent The form for this type of number is n nnE n The signs can be omitted for positive values The earlier 230 millisecond example could also be entered as any of the following 023S 0 23E0 S
314. zero 10 From the Create menu select Equation The Equation dialog box appears 11 Select the Library button at the bottom of the dialog box The equation library dialog box appears 12 Scroll and select the carrier entry by double clicking on it The Equation dialog box is redisplayed with the selected carrier equation entered in the Equation edit box 13 In the Action group select the New Waveform option button 14 Enter Carrier in the Waveform Name edit box Notice that the Start and Stop points remain the same as the previous step 15 Select OK The Associate Waveform with Instrument dialog box appears 16 Select OK to associate the new waveform with the AWG 2020 The Carrier waveform is then created starting at time 0 We will now offset the carrier and scale it back to 1 V 17 From the SigProc menu Add Scalar The Add Scalar dialog box appears 18 Enter 1 in the Add Scalar edit box 19 In the Processing Region group select the Entire Waveform option button 20 Select OK 21 From the SigProc menu select Multiply by Scalar The Multiply Current Waveform by Scalar dialog box appears 22 Enter 5 in the Multiply by Scalar edit box 23 In the Processing Region group select the Entire Waveform option button 24 Select OK Operating Basics WaveWriter AWE User Manual Tutorial 25 From the SigProc menu select Multiply Waveforms The Multiply Waveforms dialog box appears

User Manual WaveWriter (AWE) Arbitrary Waveform Editor 070

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents